1SL012003T
Inglés 1SL012003T (07.12)
Mii
Owner’s manual
Mii Inglés (07.12)
SEAT S.A. se preocupa constantemente por mantener todos sus tipos y modelos en un desarrollo continuo. Por ello le rogamos que com-
prenda que, en cualquier momento, puedan producirse modificaciones del vehículo entregado en cuanto a la forma, el equipamiento y
la técnica. Por esta razón, no se puede derivar derecho alguno basándose en los datos, las ilustraciones y descripciones del presente
Manual.
Los textos, las ilustraciones y las normas de este manual se basan en el estado de la información en el momento de la realización de la
impresión. Salvo error u omisión, la información recogida en el presente manual es válida en la fecha de cierre de su edición.
No está permitida la reimpresión, la reproducción o la traducción, total o parcial, sin la autorización escrita de SEAT.
SEAT se reserva expresamente todos los derechos según la ley sobre el “Copyright”. Reservados todos los derechos sobre modificación.
❀
Este papel está fabricado con celulosa blanqueada sin cloro.
© SEAT S.A. - Reimpresión: 15.07.12
Foreword
This Instruction Manual and its corresponding supplements should be read carefully to familiarise yourself
with your vehicle.
Besides the regular care and maintenance of the vehicle, its correct handling will help preserve its value.
For safety reasons, note the information concerning accessories, modifications and parts changes.
If selling the vehicle, give all of the onboard documentation to the new owner, as it should be kept with the
vehicle.
Table of Contents
Manual structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Vehicle diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Exterior views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Driver door overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Overview of the driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Overview of centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Detail of the passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Symbols on the roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Prior to a journey... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Central locking* and locking system . . . . . . . . . . 33
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric
panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated 48
Adjusting the seat position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Child seats (accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Window wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Practical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Ashtray and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Electrical power socket* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Starting, changing gears, parking . . . . . . . . . . 119
Stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Braking, stopping and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Driver assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Parking distance warning system* . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS) . . . 152
Safety Assist* (City Safety Assist function) . . . . . 155
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Hill-start aid* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Air control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning system . .164
At the filling station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Care, cleaning and maintenance . 180
In the engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . 180
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Vehicle care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . . . . . . 197
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . . 205
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Accessories, replacements, repairs and
modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Engine management and exhaust gas
purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
If and when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Practical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Frequently asked questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Vehicle tool kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
3Table of Contents
Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Anti-puncture kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Towing and tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Description of specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
4 Table of Contents
5Manual structure
Manual structure
What you should know before reading the on-board manual
This manual contains a description of the equipment supplied with the ve-
hicle at the time of press. Some of the equipment hereunder described will
not be available until a later date, or is only available in certain markets.
Because this is a general manual for the Mii, some of the equipment and
functions that are described in this manual are not included in all types or
variants of the model; they may vary or be modified depending on the tech-
nical requirements and on the market; this should is in no way be interpre-
ted as dishonest advertising.
The illustrations are intended as a general guide and may vary from the
equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details.
The direction indications (left, right, front, rear) appearing in this manual re-
fer to the normal forward working direction of the vehicle except when oth-
erwise indicated.
The equipment marked with an asterisk** is fitted as standard only in cer-
tain versions, and is only supplied as optional extras for some versions or
model years, or are only offered in certain countries.
All registered marks are indicated with ®. Although the copyright sym-
bol does not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.
The section is continued on the following page.
Marks the end of a section.
WARNING
Texts preceded by this symbol contain information on safety. They warn
you about possible dangers of accident or injury.
®
CAUTION
Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage
to your vehicle.
For the sake of the environment
Texts preceded by this symbol refer to relevant points concerning environ-
mental protection.
Note
Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information.
6 Exterior views
Vehicle diagram
Exterior views
Side view
Fig. 1 Vehicle side view
Legend for the Fig. 1:
Roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Fuel tank plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
1
2
Exterior door handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Additional turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 264
Jack position points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
3
4
5
6
7Exterior views
Front view
Fig. 2 Detail of the front of the vehicle
Legend for the Fig. 2:
Mirror support with laser sensor laser for the City Safety As-
sist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Windscreen
Front windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Lever for releasing the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 264
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 264
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Front towing eye housing behind a cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Front number plate holder
8
9
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
8 Exterior views
Rear view
Fig. 3 Detail of the rear of the vehicle
Legend for the Fig. 3:
Roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Bulb for high-level brake lights
Rear window
– Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 264
1
2
3
4
5
6
Handle with button for opening the rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Registration plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Rear number plate holder
Sensors for the parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . . 149
7
8
9
10
9Vehicle interior
Vehicle interior
Driver door overview
Fig. 4 Overview of the controls of the driver door
Legend for the Fig. 4:
Button for operating the electric windows of the driver
door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Interior door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Deadlock control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1
2
3
Turn switch for adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
– Exterior mirror adjustment
– Heated exterior mirrors
Central locking button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Open bonnet lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
4
5
6
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
10 Vehicle interior
Bottle holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7
8
Other controls
Depending on the equipment, the vehicle may be equipped with electric
window mechanical window winders, or mechanical adjustment of the rear
view mirrors ⇒ page 95.
Overview of the driver side
Fig. 5 Overview of the driver side
11Vehicle interior
Legend for the Fig. 5:
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
– Light off or daytime driving light --
– Side/dipped lights
– Fog lights
Headlamp range adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Air outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Lever for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
– Main beam headlights
– Headlight flasher
– Turn signals
– Cruise control system (CCS) – – – /+ – /- 152
Instrument panel:
– Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
– Digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
– Indicator lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Windscreen wiper/ windscreen wash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
– Windscreen wipers –
– Intermittent wipe
– “Brief wipe” x
– Windscreen wipers
– Automatic windscreen wash/wipe
– Rear window wiper
– Automatic rear window wash/wipe
– Lever with buttons for controlling the SEAT information
system - , / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Horn (works only when the ignition is on)
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Steering column adjustment lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Driver front airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
10
11
12
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
12 Vehicle interior
Overview of centre console
Top part of the centre console
Fig. 6 Detail of the top part of the centre console
Legend for the Fig. 6:
SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Hazard warning lights switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Passenger front airbag off warning lamp PASSENGER AIR-
BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Right seat heating controls or rear window heating but-
ton (alternative position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 164
1
2
3
4
Radio (factory-fitted) ⇒ Booklet Radio system, cover or stor-
age compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Left seat heating controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Rear window heating button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Start-Stop system button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Switches for:
– Heating and ventilation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
– Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
5
6
7
8
9
13Vehicle interior
Bottom part of the centre console
Fig. 7 Detail of the bot-
tom part of the centre
console
Legend for the Fig. 7:
Storage compartment with drink holder in the centre console 113
Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
12 volt socket or cigarette lighter* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 115
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Lever for:
– Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
– Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Button for:
– City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1
2
3
4
5
6
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
14 Vehicle interior
Detail of the passenger seat
Fig. 8 Overview of the
passenger side
Legend for the Fig. 8:
Position of passenger front airbag on the dash panel . . . . . . . 67
Air outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
In the side of the dash panel: Key switch for switching off the
front passenger airbag
1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Handle of the storage compartment or storage compartment
open
1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1
2
3
4
Symbols on the roof
Symbol Meaning
Interior lights ⇒ page 84.
1)
According to version
15Instrument panel
Instrument panel
Control and warning lamps
The control and warning lamps are indicators of warnings, ⇒ , faults ⇒
or certain functions. Some control and warning lamps come on when the ig-
nition is switched on, and go out when the engine starts running, or while
driving.
When certain control and warning lamps are lit, an audible warning is also
heard.
Symbol Meaning ⇒ See
Handbrake applied.
⇒ page 134
Do not continue driving!
The brake fluid level is too low or there is a
fault in the brake system.
lights up: Do not continue driving!
The liquid coolant level is too low,
the engine liquid coolant temperature is too
high or
there is a fault in the liquid coolant system.
⇒ page 189
flashes: Engine coolant system faulty. ⇒ page 189
Do not continue driving!
Engine oil pressure too low.
⇒ page 185
lights up or flashes: Do not continue driv-
ing!
Fault in the steering.
⇒ page 147
On the instrument panel: Driver or passen-
ger has not fastened seat belt.
⇒ page 57
Instrument panel display: A passenger in
the rear seats has fastened their seatbelt.
Symbol Meaning ⇒ See
A passenger in the rear seats has not fas-
tened their seat belt.
⇒ page 57
Faulty generator. ⇒ page 193
Vehicles with the Start-Stop system: it is
necessary to start the engine manually.
⇒ page 160
flashes in addition to the rest of the seg-
ments of the fuel gauge: Fuel tank almost
empty.
⇒ page 171
flashes quickly: The City Safety Assist sys-
tem* function brakes automatically or has
braked automatically. Or:
flashes slowly: City Safety Assist function is
not currently available.
⇒ page 155
The City Safety Assist* function has been
connected manually. It switches off after 5
seconds.
flashes: The City Safety Assist* function has
been manually disconnected.
after the ignition is switched on: Indication
for the approach of the end of the period for
an inspection to be carried out.
⇒ page 17
lights up: ESC* faulty or disconnected by
the system. ALTERNATIVELY:
flashes: ESC* or ASR regulating.
⇒ page 134
lights up: Traction Control faulty or switched
off by the system. ALTERNATIVELY:
flashes: Traction Control regulator operat-
ing.
ABS faulty or does not work.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
16 Instrument panel
Symbol Meaning ⇒ See
Rear fog light switched on. ⇒ page 84
lights up or flashes: Fault in catalytic con-
verter.
⇒ page 236
Fault in engine management.
lights up or flashes: Fault in the steering
system.
⇒ page 147
Fuel tank almost empty. ⇒ page 171
Fault in airbag system and seat belt tension-
ers.
⇒ page 67
lights up: the Start-Stop system is enabled.
ALTERNATIVELY:
flashes: the Start-Stop system is not availa-
ble.
⇒ page 160
The Start-Stop system is enabled but the en-
gine cannot be automatically stopped.
Left or right turn signal.
⇒ page 84
Hazard warning lights on. ⇒ page 240
Cruise control operating. ⇒ page 152
Main beam on or flasher on. ⇒ page 84
The natural gas engine coolant temperature
is too low.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
● Park the vehicle away from the traffic, ensuring that there are no easi-
ly inflammable materials under the vehicle which could come into contact
with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).
● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for oth-
er road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put
out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
● Before opening the bonnet, switch off the engine and allow it to cool.
● In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and could
cause severe injuries ⇒ page 180.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
17Instrument panel
Instruments
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Indicator lamps ⇒ page 15
● Gear engaged display (automatic gearbox) ⇒ page 124
● Instructions for inspection intervals ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury.
● Do not handle the instrument panel controls when driving.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
18 Instrument panel
Detail of instrument panel
Fig. 9 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 1
Fig. 10 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 2
Details of the instruments ⇒ Fig. 9 or ⇒ Fig. 10:
Speedometer. Depending on the vehicle in km/h or in mph.
Displays on the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1
2
Reset rotary control for the odometer (trip).
– Press the button
0.0/SET
briefly to switch between trip re-
corder and odometer.
– Press the button
0.0/SET
for approximately. 5 seconds to
reset the odometer to zero and, where necessary, other
signals of the multifunction display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fuel reserve display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3
4
19Instrument panel
Rev counter (with the engine running, in thousands of revo-
lutions per minute).
The beginning of the red zone of the rev counter indicates
the maximum speed in any gear after running-in and with
the engine hot. However, it is advisable to change up a gear
or move the selector lever to D (or lift your foot off the accel-
erator) before the needle reaches the red zone ⇒
.
Clock set button.
– If necessary, change the time display by pressing the top
and bottom buttons of the rocker switch ⇒ Fig. 11
B
.
– Press the button
to change the hour, so that it is flash-
ing.
– To continue setting the time, press button
0.0/SET
. Hold
button down to scroll through the numbers quickly.
– Press the button
again to change the minutes, so that
it is flashing.
– To continue setting the time, press button
0.0/SET
. Hold
button down to scroll through the numbers quickly.
– Press button
again to end the clock setting.
CAUTION
● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do
not make the engine work hard.
● To prevent damage to the engine, the rev counter needle should only re-
main in the red zone for a short period of time.
For the sake of the environment
Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel consumption and noise.
5
6
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 222
the other instruments can be seen, such as an outside temperature indica-
tor.
Display messages
A variety of information can be viewed on the instrument panel display
⇒ Fig. 9 and ⇒ Fig. 10
2
, depending on the vehicle equipment:
● Warning and information messages
● Odometer
● Time
● Outside temperature
● Selector lever positions ⇒ page 124
● Recommended gear (manual gearbox) ⇒ page 124
● Multifunction display (MFI) ⇒ page 22
● Service interval display ⇒ page 21
● Start-Stop system status display ⇒ page 160
● Fuel gauge ⇒ page 171
● Seat belt status display for rear seats ⇒ page 57
Warning and information messages
The system runs a check on certain components and functions when the ig-
nition is switched on and while the vehicle is moving. Faults in the opera-
tion are displayed on the screen using red and yellow symbols on the in-
strument panel display (⇒ page 15) and, in some cases, with audible warn-
ings. The display may vary according to the type of instrument panel fitted.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
20 Instrument panel
Type of mes-
sage
Symbol
colour
Meanings
Priority 1
warning.
Red
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with
audible warnings.
Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ⇒
!
Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If
necessary, request assistance from specialised
personnel.
Priority 2
warning.
Yellow
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with
audible warnings.
A faulty function, or fluids which are below the
correct levels may cause damage to the vehi-
cle! ⇒
Check the faulty function as soon as possible.
If necessary, request assistance from special-
ised personnel.
Odometer
The odometer registers the total distance travelled by the vehicle.
The odometer (trip) shows the distance travelled since the last odometer re-
set. The last figure indicates 100 m.
Outside temperature indicator
When the outside temperature is below +4 °C (+39 °F), the symbol “ice crys-
tal” (warning of risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the temperature.
At first this symbol flashes and then it remains lit until the outside tempera-
ture rises above +6 °C (+43 °F) ⇒
.
When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at very low speeds, the tempera-
ture displayed may be slightly higher than the actual outside temperature
as a result of heat coming from the engine.
The temperatures measured range from -40 °C to +50 °C (-40 °F to +122 °F).
Selector lever positions
The range of engaged gears of the selector lever is shown on the side of the
lever, and on the instrument panel display. In positions D and M, and with
the Tiptronic, the corresponding gear is also indicated on the display.
Recommended gear* (manual gearbox)
The recommended gear to save fuel can be displayed on the instrument
panel display while you are driving ⇒ page 124.
Seat belt status display for rear seats *
The seat belt status display on the instrument panel display informs the
driver, when the ignition is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear
seats have fastened their seat belts ⇒ page 57.
Start-Stop system status display
The instrument panel display shows information on the current status
⇒ page 160.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for oth-
er road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put
out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
● Park the vehicle away from the traffic, ensuring that there are no easi-
ly inflammable materials under the vehicle which could come into contact
with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).
21Instrument panel
WARNING
Although the outside temperature is above freezing, some roads and
bridges may be frozen.
● At an outside temperature of above +4 °C (+39 °F), even when the
“ice crystal” is not visible, there may still be ice on the road.
● Never rely totally on the outside temperature indicator!
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Note
Different versions of the instrument panel are available and therefore the
versions and instructions on the display may vary.
Note
When several warnings are active at the same time, the symbols are shown
successively for a few seconds. The symbols will stay on until the fault is
rectified.
Service interval display
The inspection display appears on the instrument panel display ⇒ Fig. 9
or ⇒ Fig. 10
2
.
SEAT makes a difference between services with engine oil change (Mainte-
nance Service) and services without engine oil change (Inspection Service).
The service interval display only gives information for service dates which
involve an engine oil change. The dates of the remaining services (for exam-
ple, the next Inspection Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on the
label attached to the door strut, or even in the Maintenance Programme.
The set service intervals have been specified with the service dependent on
time/distance travelled.
Inspection reminder
If the inspection period is due to expire shortly, Inspection reminder ap-
pears when starting the ignition abbreviated to and a warning in km. The
number of kilometres shown is the maximum number that may be driven
until the next service.
Service due
After the service date, an audible warning is given when the ignition is
switched on and the abbreviation displayed on the screen flashes for a
few seconds.
Note
The service message disappears after a few seconds, when the engine is
started or when
OK
is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.
Note
In vehicles in which the battery has been disconnected for a long period of
time, it is not possible to calculate the date of the next service. Therefore
the service interval display may not be correct. In this case, please check
the maximum permitted service intervals ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Pro-
gramme.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
22 Instrument panel
SEAT information system
Introduction
With the ignition switched on it is possible to access different messages via
the display on the instrument panel display.
The number of messages displayed on the instrument panel display will
vary according to the vehicle electronics and equipment.
A specialised dealer will be able to programme or modify additional func-
tions, according to the vehicle equipment. SEAT recommends visiting a
Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
● Instrument panel ⇒ page 18
● Exterior mirrors ⇒ page 95
● Driver assistance systems ⇒ page 149
● Radio system ⇒ Booklet Radio system
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury.
● Do not consult the messages on the instrument panel screen when
driving.
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 222
other functions of the vehicle can be seen.
Control functions of the instrument panel display
Fig. 11 Windscreen wip-
er lever: button
A
to
confirm the options and
rocker switch
B
to
change the options
Calling up options
● Switch the ignition on.
● If a message or vehicle symbol is displayed, press
OK/RESET
(⇒ Fig. 11
A
).
● Press the top or bottom part of the rocker switch
B
until the desired op-
tion appears.
Multifunction display (MFI)
The multifunction display (MFI) has two automatic memories: 1 - Partial
memory and 2 - Total memory. The selected memory will be shown in the
lower right-hand corner of the display.
23Instrument panel
With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press
OK
to change from one memory to another.
1
Trip memo-
ry (for a
single jour-
ney).
The memory stores the values for the journey and the con-
sumption from the moment the ignition is switched on un-
til it is switched off again.
If the journey is broken for more than 2 hours, the memory
is automatically erased. If the journey is continued in less
than 2 hours after the ignition is switched off, the new da-
ta is added to the data already stored in the memory.
2
Total mem-
ory (for all
journeys).
The memory stores the values of any number of journeys,
until it counts a total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of driv-
ing, or 1999.9 km or miles of driving, depending on the
type of instrument panel fitted. On reaching either of these
limits, the memory is automatically erased and starts to
count from 0 again.
Possible displays
Menu Function
Time Current time in hours (h) and minutes (min).
Journey duration This indicates the hours (h) and minutes (min)
since the ignition was switched on.
Current fuel consump-
tion
The current fuel consumption display operates
throughout the journey, in litres/100 km; and with
the engine running and the vehicle stopped, in li-
tres/hour.
Average fuel consump-
tion
After turning on the ignition, average fuel con-
sumption in litres/100 km will be shown after trav-
elling approximately 100 metres. Otherwise hori-
zontal lines are displayed. The value shown is up-
dated approximately every 5 seconds.
Distance to empty (the
distance you can trav-
el with the remaining
fuel)
Approximate distance in km that can still be travel-
led with the fuel remaining in the tank, assuming
the same style of driving is maintained. This is cal-
culated using the current fuel consumption.
Menu Function
Distance covered Distance travelled, after ignition is switched on, in
km.
Average speed After starting the ignition, the average speed will
be shown after a distance of approximately 100
metres has been travelled. Otherwise horizontal
lines are displayed. The value shown is updated
approximately every 5 seconds.
Digital display of
speed
Current speed displayed digitally.
Liquid coolant temper-
ature digital display
Digital display of the current temperature of the en-
gine liquid coolant.
Warning at --- km/h If the stored speed is exceeded (between
30-250 km/h, or 18-155 mph), an audible warning
is given together with a visual warning.
Changing between display modes
● Press the rocker switch in the windscreen wiper lever.
Storing a speed for the speed warning
● Select the display Speed warning at --- km/h.
● Press
OK
on the windscreen wiper lever to store the current speed and
switch off the warning.
● In addition, set the required speed by pressing the rocker switch on the
windscreen wiper lever or buttons
or
on the multifunction steering
wheel for 5 seconds. Next, press
OK
again or wait a few seconds. The
speed is stored and the warning activated.
● To switch off, press
OK
. The stored speed is deleted.
Manually erasing memory 1 or 2
● Select the memory to be erased.
● Press and hold the eject button
OK
for approximately 2 seconds.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
24 Instrument panel
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 222
other functions of the multifunction display can be seen.
25Before starting the engine
Prior to a journey...
Before starting the engine
Tips for driving
Introduction
Depending upon how you expect to use your vehicle, it may a good idea to
protect the engine from below. A guard underneath the engine may help to
reduce the risk of damage to the lower part of the vehicle and the oil sump
when driving over kerbs, or along dirt tracks or rough roads... Before instal-
lation, SEAT recommends going to a SEAT dealership.
Additional information and warnings:
● Ensure you are correctly seated ⇒ page 48
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Starting, changing gears, parking ⇒ page 119
● Ecological driving ⇒ page 144
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 233
WARNING
Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs, medication or narcotics
may result in severe accidents and even loss of life.
● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics may significantly alter per-
ception, affect reaction times and safety while driving, which could result
in the loss of control of the vehicle.
Journey preparations and safe driving
Check list
For your own safety, for the safety of vehicle occupants in the vehicle, and
for that of other road users, the following should be checked before and
during each journey ⇒
:
¥
Check that the lights and turn signals operate correctly.
¥
Check the tyre pressures (⇒ page 210) and level of fuel
(⇒ page 171).
¥
Ensure there is good visibility through all the windows.
¥
Make sure that all objects and bags in the storage compartments, in
the luggage compartment and, where applicable, on the roof, are se-
curely fastened ⇒ page 97.
¥
Ensure there is nothing obstructing the free passage of the foot ped-
als.
¥
Use child retention systems appropriate for the child's body weight
and height ⇒ page 76.
¥
Correctly adjust front seat, head rests and rear-view mirrors to suit
your height ⇒ page 48, ⇒ page 95.
¥
Wear close-fitting shoes which do not prevent you from using the
pedals correctly.
¥
The driver's floor mat in the footwell should be fixed to the floor,
leaving the pedal area unobstructed.
¥
Before starting out, ensure you are correctly seated and remain in
this position throughout the journey. This applies to all passengers
in the vehicle ⇒ page 48.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
26 Before starting the engine
Check list (Continued)
¥
Correctly fasten your seat belt before starting to drive and keep it se-
curely fastened throughout the journey. This applies to all
passengers in the vehicle ⇒ page 57.
¥
Never carry more passengers than the number of available seats and
seat belts in your vehicle.
¥
Never drive with impaired faculties (for example, due to medication,
alcohol or drugs).
¥
Do not allow yourself to be distracted from the traffic, for example, to
reset or switch on a menu, by other passengers or to answer a phone
call.
¥
Always try to adapt the speed of the vehicle and your style of driving
to the condition of the ground or the road and to weather and traffic
conditions.
¥
Observe the highway code and speed limits.
¥
On long journeys, rest at regular intervals (at least every 2 hours).
¥
If carrying animals, make sure they are correctly restrained in accord-
ance with their weight and size.
WARNING
Always observe traffic regulations and speed limits and try to anticipate
traffic movements. Correctly anticipating traffic situations may mean the
difference between arriving safe and sound at your destination or having
a serious accident.
Note
Regular servicing of your vehicle not only helps to keep it in good working
order but also helps to ensure road safety. Therefore, please ensure the ve-
hicle is taken for service as indicated in the Maintenance Programme. If the
vehicle is subjected to hard use, it may require certain maintenance work
before the next service date. Hard use may involve frequent driving in traffic
jams or driving in dusty areas. For further information, please refer to a SEAT
dealership or a specialised workshop.
Driving abroad
Check list
In some countries, certain safety regulations and requirements are in force
relating to exhaust gas emissions, which differ from the technical character-
istics of the vehicle. Before travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you con-
sult a SEAT dealership about the legal requirements and the following
points:
¥
Does the vehicle need technical modifications for driving abroad, for
example, adjustment of the headlamps?
¥
Does the vehicle have all the tools, diagnostics equipment and
spare parts required for inspections and repairs?
¥
Are there any SEAT dealers in the destination country?
¥
For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol available at the right octane
rating?
¥
Are a suitable engine oil (⇒ page 185) and other engine fluids com-
plying with SEAT specifications available in the destination country?
¥
Does the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) function
⇒ page 222 in the destination country with the available navigation
information?
¥
Are special tyres required in the destination country?
27Before starting the engine
CAUTION
SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the use
of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of genu-
ine spare parts.
Driving along flooded roadways
To prevent damage to the vehicle when driving through water, for example,
along a flooded road, please observe the following:
● Check the depth of the water before entering the flooded zone. The wa-
ter should never come above the lower edge of the bodywork ⇒
.
● Do not drive faster than a pedestrian.
● Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear or switch off the engine.
● Oncoming traffic will cause waves which raise the level of the water,
making it difficult to cross the water.
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenever crossing water.
WARNING
When driving through water, mud, melted snow, etc., please remember
that due to damp or frozen brake discs and pads in winter, the braking
effect may be delayed, therefore the required braking distance is greater.
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
● After driving through water, avoid sudden sharp manoeuvres.
CAUTION
● Driving through flooded areas may severely damage vehicle compo-
nents such as the engine, transmission, running gear or electrical system.
● Never drive through salt water as salt causes corrosion. Always rinse any
parts of the vehicle which have been in contact with salt water.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
28 Unlocking and locking
Unlocking and locking
Vehicle key set
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Adjustments to the SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
● Start and stop the engine ⇒ page 119
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 233
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 243
WARNING
Swallowing batteries with a diameter of 20 mm or other types of lithium
battery may quickly result in serious injuries of even death.
● Always keep the vehicle keys and the key tab with the batteries,
spare batteries, flat batteries and other types of batteries larger than
20 mm out of the reach of children.
● Immediately seek medical assistance if you suspect the swallowing of
a battery.
WARNING
Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may result in severe injury and
accident.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle.
Children and unauthorised individuals could lock the doors or the rear
lid, start the engine or turn the ignition on activating electrical systems,
for example: the electric windows.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the
year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even
death, particularly for young children.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
29Unlocking and locking
Remote control vehicle key*
Fig. 12 Remote control
key
Remote control key
With the vehicle key the vehicle may be locked or unlocked remotely
⇒
page 33.
The vehicle key includes an emitter and battery. The receiver is in the interi-
or of the vehicle. The range of the vehicle key with remote control and new
battery is several metres around the vehicle.
If it is not possible to open or close the vehicle using the remote control key,
this should be re-synchronised
⇒
page 31 or the battery changed
⇒
page 31.
Different keys belonging to the vehicle may be used.
Folding the key shaft in and out
When the button is pressed
⇒
Fig. 12
A
, the key shaft is released and un-
folds.
To fold it press the button and fold the key shaft in until it locks in place.
Duplicate keys
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is
required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the
electronic vehicle immobilizer. In vehicle key will not work if it does not con-
tain microchip or the microchip has not been encoded. This is also true for
keys cut for the vehicle.
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership,
a Specialised workshop or approved key service qualified to create this kind
of key.
Synchronise new keys or spare keys before use ⇒ page 31.
CAUTION
The remote control key contains electronic components. Protect the vehicle
keys from damage, impacts and humidity.
Note
Only use the key button when you require the corresponding function. Push-
ing the button unnecessarily could accidentally unlock the vehicle or trigger
the alarm. It is also possible even when you are outside the radius of action.
Note
Remote control key operation can be greatly influenced by overlapping ra-
dio signals around the vehicle working in the same range of frequencies (for
example, radio transmitters, mobile telephones).
Note
Obstacles between the remote control and the vehicle, bad weather condi-
tions and discharged batteries can considerably reduce the range of the re-
mote control.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
30 Unlocking and locking
Note
If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed ⇒ Fig. 12 or one of the central
locking buttons ⇒ page 33 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the
central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overloading. The
vehicle is then unlocked. Lock the vehicle if necessary.
Vehicle mechanical key
Fig. 13 Vehicle mechani-
cal key
The vehicle key set may include a mechanical key
⇒
Fig. 13.
Duplicate keys
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is
required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the
electronic vehicle immobilizer. In vehicle key will not work if it does not con-
tain microchip or the microchip has not been encoded. This is also true for
keys cut for the vehicle.
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership,
a Specialised workshop or approved key service qualified to create this kind
of key.
Control lamp on the vehicle key
Fig. 14 Control lamp on
the vehicle key
When a button on the vehicle key is pressed, the control lamp flashes
⇒
Fig. 14 (arrow) once briefly. If the button is pressed and held, the indica-
tor blinks several times, for example: for the convenience opening function.
When the control lamp does not light upon pushing a button, change the
batteries of the vehicle key
⇒
page 31.
31Unlocking and locking
Changing the battery
Fig. 15 Vehicle key: bat-
tery compartment cover
Fig. 16 Vehicle key: re-
moving the battery
SEAT recommend having the batteries changed in a Specialised workshop.
The battery is located to the rear of the vehicle key, under a cover.
Changing the battery
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 29.
● Remove the cover from the back of the vehicle key ⇒ Fig. 15 in the direc-
tion of the arrow ⇒
.
● Extract the battery from the compartment using a suitable thin object
⇒ Fig. 16.
● Place the new battery in the compartment, pressing as shown ⇒ Fig. 16
in the opposite direction to the arrow ⇒
.
● Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing in the direction of the arrow
as shown ⇒ Fig. 15 until it clicks into place.
CAUTION
● If the battery is not changed correctly, the vehicle key may be damaged.
● Use of unsuitable batteries may damage the vehicle key. For this reason,
always replace the dead battery with another of the same voltage, size and
specifications.
● When fitting the battery, check that the polarity is correct.
For the sake of the environment
Please dispose of your used batteries correctly and with respect for the envi-
ronment.
To synchronise the vehicle key
If the button
is pressed frequently outside of the vehicle range, it is pos-
sible that the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked using the key. In
this case, synchronise the vehicle key once more as follows:
● Unfold the key shaft
⇒
page 29.
● Press the button
on the vehicle key. For this, you must remain next to
the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
32 Unlocking and locking
● Open the vehicle within one minute using the key shift.
● Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. The key has been synchron-
ised.
● If necessary, fit the cap.
33Unlocking and locking
Central locking* and locking system
Introduction
Central locking functions correctly when all the doors and the rear lid are
correctly shut. If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with
the key.
The battery of a vehicle left unlocked during a long period (for instance, in a
private garage) may run down and fail to start the motor.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Doors ⇒ page 38
● Rear lid ⇒ page 40
● Electric windows ⇒ page 43
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 243
WARNING
The incorrect use of the central locking system may cause serious inju-
ries.
● The central locking system will lock all doors. A vehicle locked from
the inside can prevent any non-authorised individual from opening the
doors and accessing the vehicle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency or
accident, locked doors will complicate access to the passenger compart-
ment to help the passengers.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. The cen-
tral locking button can be used to lock all the doors from within. There-
fore, passengers will be locked inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in
the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures.
WARNING (Continued)
● Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and
closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in seri-
ous injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
● Never leave individuals locked in a closed and locked vehicle. In case
of emergency, they may not be able to exit the vehicle by themselves or
get help.
Description of the central locking system
The central locking system allows all doors and the rear lid to be locked and
unlocked centrally.
● From outside, using the vehicle key.
● From inside, by pushing the central locking button ⇒ page 36.
The central locking system can be activated or deactivated at a specialised
workshop.
In case of a vehicle key fault or central locking system fault, all doors can be
locked or unlocked manually.
Locking the vehicle after the airbags have been deployed
If the airbags are deployed due to an accident, the vehicle will be automati-
cally and completely unlocked. Depending on the amount of damage, the
vehicle can be locked following an accident in the following ways:
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
34 Unlocking and locking
Function Necessary operations
Lock the vehicle, by
pushing the central
locking button:
– Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.
– Push the central locking button
.
Use the key to lock the
vehicle:
– Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.
OR: Remove the key from the ignition.
– Open any door just once.
– Lock the vehicle with the key.
Note
If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed ⇒ page 28 or one of the central
locking buttons ⇒ Fig. 19 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the
central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overloading. In this
case, the vehicle remains unlocked for about. 30 seconds. If no doors or the
rear lid are opened during this time, the vehicle will subsequently become
locked automatically.
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the exterior
Fig. 17 Buttons on the
vehicle key
Fig. 18 Vehicle mechani-
cal key
Central locking
Function Handling the buttons
on the vehicle
⇒ Fig. 17
Handling the vehicle key
⇒ Fig. 17 in the lock cylinder or
with the vehicle mechanical key
⇒ Fig. 18.
Unlocking the
vehicle.
Press button
. Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in an anticlock-
wise direction.
Locking the ve-
hicle.
Press button
. Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in a clockwise
direction.
35Unlocking and locking
Function Handling the buttons
on the vehicle
⇒ Fig. 17
Handling the vehicle key
⇒ Fig. 17 in the lock cylinder or
with the vehicle mechanical key
⇒ Fig. 18.
Unlocking the
rear lid.
Press button
. Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in an anticlock-
wise direction.
Locking the rear
lid.
Press button
. Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in a clockwise
direction.
Attention: Depending on the operating of the central locking set by the Spe-
cialised workshop, in order to unlock all the doors and the rear lid, press
the button
twice.
The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the vehicle if it is within range of the
vehicle and if the battery has enough power.
● Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash once in confirmation.
● Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash twice in confirma-
tion.
If the turn signals do not flash in confirmation, at least one of the doors or
the rear lid has been left unlocked.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the key. If you
unlock the vehicle without opening any doors or the rear lid, it will lock
again automatically after a few seconds. This function prevents the vehicle
from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by mistake.
Mechanical locking
Function
Handling the vehicle mechanical key ⇒ Fig. 18
in the lock cylinder.
Locking the driver door
manually.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cyl-
inder of the driver door and turn the key in an
anticlockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylin-
der of the driver door and turn the key in a clock-
wise direction.
Locking and unlocking
the rear lid.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cyl-
inder of the driver door and turn the key in an
anticlockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylin-
der of the driver door and turn the key in a clock-
wise direction.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the vehicle key.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
36 Unlocking and locking
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside
Fig. 19 In the driver
door: central locking but-
ton
Fig. 20 In the passenger
door: Door handle for me-
chanical locking
Central locking
Push the button ⇒ Fig. 19:
Unlocking the vehicle.
Locking the vehicle.
The central locking button is still operative when the ignition is switched off.
If the vehicle has been locked with the vehicle key, the central locking but-
ton does not operate.
Please note the following when you use the central locking button to lock
your vehicle:
● The deadlock will not activate ⇒ page 37.
● It will not be possible to open the doors or the rear lid from the outside,
when stopped at traffic lights for example.
● The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by
pulling the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the door release lever
twice.
● The driver door cannot be locked when it is still open. This avoids lock-
ing the vehicle key inside the vehicle when there is nobody inside.
Mechanical locking
The doors are locked by pressing the door lever, so that the red mark be-
comes visible ⇒ Fig. 20
1
.
To unlock a door, pull its corresponding door lever.
If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of the following:
● The deadlock will not activate ⇒ page 37.
● It will not be possible to open the doors from the outside, when stopped
at traffic lights for example.
37Unlocking and locking
● The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by
pulling the inside door handle.
● The driver door cannot be locked using the central locking system when
it is still open. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the vehicle when
there is nobody inside.
Deadlock*
Function Necessary operations
Locks the vehicle with the dead-
lock.
Press the
button once on the vehicle
key.
Locks the vehicle without the
deadlock.
Press the
button twice on the vehicle
key.
Press the central locking button
on
the driver door once.
When the vehicle is locked, the deadlock deactivates the door handles,
making the vehicle difficult to open. The doors cannot be opened from in-
side ⇒
.
Upon switching off the ignition, the deadlock switched on warning will ap-
pear on the instrument panel display (deadlock or SAFELOCK).
When the deadlock is switched off:
● The vehicle can be opened and unlocked from the inside using an inside
door handle.
Control lamp on the driver door
When the vehicle is locked: Meaning
The red LED flashes for approximately 2
seconds at short intervals and then more
slowly.
The deadlock is switched on.
The red LED flashes for about two sec-
onds then turns off. After 30 seconds, the
LED flashes again.
The deadlock is switched off.
The red LED flashes for about two sec-
onds at short intervals. Subsequently,
the light will remain switched on for
about. 30 seconds.
There is a fault in the locking
system. Contact a Specialised
workshop.
WARNING
Careless use of the deadlock can cause serious injury.
● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if this is locked using the key.
When the deadlock is activated, doors cannot be opened from the inside!
● When the doors are locked, it is difficult to get to passengers in the
interior in case of an emergency. Passengers could remain trapped inside
in case of emergency.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
38 Unlocking and locking
Doors
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 243
WARNING
If a door is not correctly closed, it could open unexpectedly when driving
and cause serious injuries.
● Always stop immediately and close the door.
● When closing, ensure that the door has closed correctly. A closed
door should be flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
● Open and close doors only when nobody is in the way of the door.
WARNING
A door held open by its retainer could be blown closed by the wind or
close if the vehicle is on a hill causing injury.
● When opening and closing doors, always use the door handle.
Note
On the display of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT), ⇒ page 222
can be seen if at least one vehicle door has been left open or is not correctly
closed.
Childproof lock
The childproof lock prevents the rear doors from being
opened from the inside. This system prevents minors from
opening a door accidentally while the vehicle is running.
Fig. 21 Childproof lock
on the left hand side
door
This function is independent of the vehicle electronic opening and
locking systems. It only affects rear doors. It can only be activated
and deactivated manually, as described below:
Activating the childproof lock
– Unlock the vehicle and open the door in which you wish to acti-
vate the childproof lock.
– With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the igni-
tion key, anticlockwise for the left hand side doors ⇒ Fig. 21
and clockwise for the right hand side doors.
39Unlocking and locking
Deactivating the childproof lock
– Unlock the vehicle and open the door whose childproof lock you
want to deactivate.
– With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the igni-
tion key, anticlockwise for the right hand side doors and clock-
wise for the left hand side doors ⇒ Fig. 21.
Once the childproof lock is activated, the door can only be opened from the
outside. The childproof lock can be activated and deactivated by inserting
the key in the groove when the door is open, as described above.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
40 Unlocking and locking
Rear lid
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Central locking ⇒ page 33
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 243
WARNING
Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and closing of the rear lid can
cause accidents and serious injury.
● Open and close the rear lid only when nobody is in the way.
● Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down with your hand on the
rear window. The rear window could break and cause injury.
● Ensure the rear lid is closed and locked correctly after closing, other-
wise, it may open unexpectedly while driving. A closed rear lid should be
flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
● Always keep the rear lid closed while driving to avoid toxic gases en-
tering the interior.
● Do not open the rear lid when there is a load installed, for example a
carrier system. Likewise, the rear lid cannot be opened when a load is at-
tached to it, for example bicycles. An open rear lid could close itself if
there is an additional weight on it. If necessary, press down on the rear
lid and remove the load.
● Close and lock both the rear lid and all the other doors when you are
not using the vehicle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the vehicle.
WARNING (Continued)
● Never allow children to play inside or around the vehicle without su-
pervision, especially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the lug-
gage compartment, close the rear lid and become trapped. Depending on
the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and ill-
ness or even death, particularly for young children.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. If the ve-
hicle key or the central locking button is used, they may be locked in the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there is sufficient free space to
open and close it, for example if you are in a garage.
Note
On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 222 can be seen if the rear lid has been left open or is not correctly
shut.
41Unlocking and locking
Opening the rear lid
Fig. 22 On the vehicle
key: Button to unlock and
open the rear lid
If there are bicycles attached to a carrier situated on the rear lid, in some
cases, it may not automatically open
⇒
. Remove the load from the carrier
and support the open rear lid.
Opening with central locking
● Press the button
on the vehicle key
⇒
Fig. 22 for about one second
to unlock the rear lid.
● ALTERNATIVELY: Press the button
on the vehicle key until the rear lid
opens automatically several centimetres.
● Opening the rear lid with the button.
Opening with the vehicle mechanical key
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in an anticlockwise direction
⇒
page 33.
● Opening the rear lid with the button.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening of the rear lid could cause
serious injuries.
● If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the rear lid, it could be un-
locked or open but not recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear lid
could open unexpectedly while driving.
Note
At outside temperatures of less than 0 °C (+32 °F), the pressurised gas
struts cannot always automatically lift the tailgate. In this case, open the
rear lid manually.
Closing the rear lid
Fig. 23 Rear lid open:
hand grip
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
42 Unlocking and locking
Closing the rear lid
● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid ⇒ Fig. 23 (arrow).
● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks into place in the lock.
● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling on it firmly.
Locking the rear lid with central locking*
If the vehicle is unlocked and no doors or the rear lid are opened during
about. 30 seconds, it will automatically lock again. This function prevents
the vehicle from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by
mistake.
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.
● The rear lid is also locked by a central locking.
● If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked using the
button, when it
is closed once more it will lock automatically.
● A closed but not locked rear lid will lock automatically at a speed above
about 9 km/h (6 mph).
Locking the rear lid with the vehicle mechanical key
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in a clockwise direction ⇒ page 33.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of the rear lid could cause se-
rious injuries.
● Never leave the vehicle unattended, and never allow children to play
inside or around the vehicle without supervision, especially if the rear lid
is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the rear lid
and become trapped. A locked vehicle can be subjected to extremely high
and low temperatures, depending on the time of year, thus causing seri-
ous injuries/illness and even death.
Note
Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the key has not been left inside
the boot.
43Unlocking and locking
Windows
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
WARNING
Careless use of the electric windows can cause serious injury.
● Only operate the electric windows when nobody is in the way.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the
doors are to be locked. The windows cannot be opened in case of an
emergency.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. Af-
ter turning off the ignition, the windows can be opened and closed for a
short time using the buttons on the door as long as the driver door or
passenger side door is not open.
CAUTION
When the windows are open, rain can enter into the vehicle, dampening the
interior equipment and causing damage to the vehicle.
Opening and closing the electric windows
Fig. 24 In the driver
door: electric windows
button
Opening and closing the windows
Function Necessary operations
Opening: Press button
.
Closing: Push the button
.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
44 Unlocking and locking
Side-opening rear windows
Fig. 25 Lever to open
and close the rear win-
dow
Opening
Pull the release lever in the direction of the arrow and press outwards until
the lever engages.
Closing
Pull the release lever in the direction of the arrow and then press the lever
backwards until it engages.
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting
electric panoramic sunroof
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
● Roof carrier ⇒ page 104
WARNING
If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof is used negligently or
without paying due attention, it can cause serious injury.
● The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be opened or closed when no
person remains in the way of it.
● After switching off, it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilt-
ing sunroof during a short space of time provided that neither the driver
nor passenger door is opened.
CAUTION
● To prevent damage, when there are winter temperatures any ice or snow
that there may be on the roof of the vehicle must be removed before open-
ing or raising the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof.
● Before leaving the vehicle or in the case of heavy rain, the sliding/tilting
sunroof must always be closed. With the sliding/tilting sunroof open or
raised, water can enter the passenger compartment and can cause consid-
erable damage to the electrical system. As a result, other damage can occur
in the vehicle.
● In the case of heavy rain, if the sliding/tilting sunroof is open, the interi-
or equipment of the vehicle may get wet, destroying the seat heating and
damaging the electrical system of the vehicle.
45Unlocking and locking
Note
● Leaves and other loose objects that land in the guides of the sliding/tilt-
ing sunroof should be removed periodically by hand or using a vacuum
cleaner.
● If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work correctly, the anti-trap func-
tion will not work either. In this case, you should take the vehicle to a speci-
alised workshop.
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
sunroof
Fig. 26 In the interior
roof: turn the knob to
open and close
Fig. 27 In the interior
roof: turn the knob to
raise and to close the
sunroof
To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob must be in the basic position
1
.
Function ⇒ Fig. 26
or
⇒ Fig. 27
Action
To open the slid-
ing sunroof com-
pletely:
3
turn the know beyond position 2 and hold it
in that position until the sunroof reaches
the required position.
Put the sliding
sunroof in con-
venience posi-
tion:
2
Turn the knob to the required position.
To set the inter-
mediate posi-
tion:
2
to
1
To close the slid-
ing sunroof com-
pletely:
1
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
46 Unlocking and locking
Function ⇒ Fig. 26
or
⇒ Fig. 27
Action
To raise the tilt-
ing sunroof com-
pletely:
4
briefly press the rear part of the knob.
To stop automat-
ic operation:
4
or
5
Press or pull the knob again briefly.
To close com-
pletely:
5
briefly pull the rear part of the knob.
The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when switched on. After switching off,
it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof during a short
space of time provided that neither the driver nor passenger door is
opened.
All operations are interrupted when the rotary knob is actuated.
If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilting sunroof electrically, it
would need to be closed manually. It is not possible to do an emergency
close of the sliding/tilting sunroof without removing components of the ve-
hicle. In such a case, obtain professional assistance.
Sliding blind
With the roof grab handle situated in the rear part of the roof opening, it is
possible to move the sliding blind to the required position.
Note
The convenience position permits sufficient ventilation with a level of sound
produced by low wind.
Anti-trap function of the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
sunroof
The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of injury when closing the sliding/
tilting electric panoramic sunroof ⇒
. If the sliding/tilting sunroof encoun-
ters resistance or an obstacle when closing, it will immediately reopen.
● Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has not closed.
● Try to close it again.
● If it is still not possible to close it due to an obstacle or resistance, it will
remain in the corresponding position. Close it without the anti-trap func-
tion.
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti-trap
function
● Before approx. 5 seconds have passed since the activation of the anti-
trap function, pull the knob ⇒ Fig. 27
5
until the sliding/tilting sunroof is
completely closed.
● As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will close without the anti-trap func-
tion!
● If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a specialised workshop.
If the knob is released during the closing operation, the sliding/tilting elec-
tric panoramic sunroof opens automatically.
WARNING
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti-
trap function can result in serious injury.
● The sliding/tilting sunroof should always be closed carefully.
47Unlocking and locking
WARNING (Continued)
● No person should ever remain in the way of the sliding/tilting sun-
roof, especially when closing without the anti-trap function.
● The anti-trap function does not prevent fingers or other parts of the
body from becoming trapped against the roof frame and injuries occur-
ring.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
48 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjusting the seat position
Introduction
Number of seats
The vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 front seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is
equipped with a seat belt.
Additional information and warnings:
● Seat functions ⇒ page 55
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Child seats (accessories) ⇒ page 76
WARNING
An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle can lead to severe injuries or
death in the event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, collision or acci-
dents or if the airbag deploys.
● Before the vehicle moves, assume the proper sitting position and
maintain it throughout the trip. This also includes fastening the seat
belt.
● Never transport more people than there are seats with a seat belt
available in the vehicle.
WARNING (Continued)
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight ⇒ page 76, ⇒ page 67.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
Never, for example, put your feet on the surface of a seat or on the dash
panel and never put them out of a window. Otherwise the airbag and seat
belt offer insufficient protection and the risk of injury in the event of an
accident is increased.
WARNING
Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat belt and the head restraints
and instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly.
● Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible.
● Adjust the driver seat so that there is at least 25 cm distance between
your chest and the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust the driver seat so
that you are able to press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the
floor with your knees slightly angled and that the distance between your
knees and the dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your physical constitution
prevents you from meeting these requirements, contact a Specialised
workshop to make any modifications required.
● Never drive with the backrest tilted far back. The further the backrests
are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect posi-
tioning of the belt web or to the incorrect sitting position.
● Never drive with the backrest tilted forwards. Should a front airbag
deploy, it could throw the backrest backwards and injure the passengers
of the rear seats.
● Sit as far away as possible from the steering wheel and the dash pan-
el.
49Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING (Continued)
● Keep your back straight and resting completely against the backrest
and the front seats correctly adjusted. Never place any part of your body
in the area of the airbag or very close to it.
● If passengers on the rear seats are not sitting in an upright position,
the risk of severe injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web in-
creases.
WARNING
Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to accidents and severe injuries.
● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is stationary, as the seats
could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is in motion and you could
lose control of the vehicle. Furthermore, an incorrect position is adopted
when adjusting the seat.
● Only adjust the height, backrest and forwards or backwards position
of the seat when there is nobody in the seat adjustment area.
● There must be no objects blocking the front seat adjustment area.
Danger of injuries due to an incorrect sitting position
If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe or fatal
injuries increases. Seat belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt
web is properly worn. The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the belt
web is not positioned correctly. This could result in severe and even fatal in-
juries. The risk of severe or fatal injuries is especially increased when a de-
ploying airbag strikes an occupant who has assumed an incorrect sitting
position. The driver is responsible for all passengers in the vehicle, particu-
larly children.
The following list shows just some examples of incorrect sitting positions
which can be dangerous to all occupants.
When the vehicle is in motion:
● Never stand in the vehicle.
● Never stand on the seats.
● Never kneel on the seats.
● Never tilt your backrest too far to the rear.
● Never lean against the dash panel.
● Never lie on the rear seats.
● Never sit on the front edge of a seat.
● Never sit sideways.
● Never lean out of a window.
● Never put your feet out of a window.
● Never put your feet on the dash panel.
● Never put your feet on the surface of a seat or backrest.
● Never travel in a footwell.
● Never travel on a seat without wearing the seat belt.
● Never carry any person in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Every incorrect sitting position increases the risk of severe or fatal inju-
ries in the event of accidents or sudden braking or manoeuvres.
● All vehicle occupants must assume the proper sitting position and be
properly belted in while travelling.
● Occupants in incorrect sitting positions, not wearing their seat belt or
too close to the airbag run the risk of suffering severe or fatal injuries,
particularly if the airbag deploys and hits an occupant sitting in an incor-
rect position.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
50 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Correct sitting position
Fig. 28 The proper dis-
tance between driver and
steering wheel
Fig. 29 Correct seat belt
web and head restraint
positions
The correct sitting positions for the driver and passengers are shown below.
If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct sit-
ting position, contact a Specialised workshop for help with any special devi-
ces. The seat belt and airbag can only provide optimum protection if a cor-
rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Serv-
ice.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an acci-
dent or sudden braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the following posi-
tions:
Valid for the driver:
● Adjust the backrest to an upright position so that your back rests com-
pletely against it.
● Adjust the seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm between the
steering wheel and your chest ⇒ Fig. 28 and so that you can hold the steer-
ing wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions with your arms slightly bent.
● The adjusted steering wheel must face your chest and not your face.
● Adjust the driver seat forwards or backwards so that you are able to
press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees
slightly angled and the distance between your knees and the dash panel is
at least 10 cm ⇒ Fig. 28.
● Adjust the height of the driver seat so that you can easily reach the top
of the steering wheel.
● Keep both feet in the footwell so that you have the vehicle under control
at all times.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 57.
Valid for the passenger:
● Adjust the backrest to an upright position so that your back rests com-
pletely against it.
● Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible for optimum pro-
tection should the airbag deploy.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 57.
51Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Valid for the passengers in the rear section:
● Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as
the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same level as the top of
your head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of
your neck as close as possible to the head restraint ⇒ Fig. 28 and ⇒ Fig. 29.
● Short people must lower the head restraint to the first anchorage posi-
tion, even if your head is below its upper edge.
● Tall people must raise the head restraint completely.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 57.
Controls on the front seat
Fig. 30 Front left seat
controls
The controls are mirrored for the front right-hand seat.
The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting
them is not possible.
Fig. 30 Function Necessary operations
1
Moving the head re-
straint backwards or for-
wards.
Pull the lever and move the seat for-
wards. The front seat must be engag-
ed when the lever is released!
2
Adjusting the seat
height.
Pull the lever up or push down (sever-
al times if necessary) from its home
position.
3
3 doors: Easy Entry + ad-
justable seat angle func-
tion.
5 doors: only adjustable
seat angle function.
Adjust: Pull the lever and adjust the
backrest seat angle until you reach the
desired position. The backrest must
be engaged.
To fold: Pull the lever and fold the
backrest. At the same time, move the
seat forward.
To tilt open: Move the seat back until
the catch engages. Pull the lever and
tilt open the backrest. The backrest
must engage in the upright position.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
52 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjust the rear head restraints
Fig. 31 Adjusting the
rear head restraints
All seats are equipped with a head restraint.
The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting
them is not possible.
Adjusting height
● Push the head restraint up or down in the direction of the arrow with the
button pressed ⇒ Fig. 31
1
⇒ .
● The head restraint must engage securely in position.
Correct adjustment of head restraints
Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the
top of your head, or as close as possible to the same level as the top of your
head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of your
neck as close as possible to the head restraint.
Adjusting the head restraint for short people
Set the head restraint in the first anchorage position, even if your head is
below its upper edge. When the head restraint is at its lowest, it is possible
that a small gap remains between it and the backrest.
Adjusting the head restraint for tall people
Raise the head restraint completely.
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted in-
creases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents and
sudden braking or manoeuvres.
● Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person
is occupying a seat.
● All occupants must correctly adjust the head restraint according to
their height to reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of an accident.
The upper edge of the head restraint must be as close as possible to the
same level as the top of your head and under no circumstances below eye
level. Keep the back of your neck as close as possible to the head re-
straint.
● Never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion.
53Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Removing and installing the rear head restraints
Fig. 32 Removing the
rear head restraint
The rear seats are equipped with a head restraint.
Removing the rear head restraint.
● Unlock the rear seat bench backrest and fold it forward ⇒ page 100.
● Push the head restraint up as far as it will go ⇒
.
● Pull the head restraint out of the fitting without releasing the button
⇒ Fig. 32
1
.
● Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench backwards until it is engaged.
● Safely store the removed head restraints.
Removing the rear head restraint.
● Unlock the rear seat bench backrest and fold it forward ⇒ page 100.
● Correctly insert the head restraint into the guides on the backrest.
● Push the head restraint down as far as it will go while pressing button
1
.
● Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench backwards until it is engaged.
● Adjust the head restraint to the correct position ⇒ page 52.
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted in-
creases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents and
sudden braking or manoeuvres.
● Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person
is occupying a seat.
● Refit any removed head restraints immediately so that passengers
are properly protected.
CAUTION
On removing and fitting the head restraint, make sure the head restraint
does not hit the interior roof of the vehicle or the backrest of the front seat.
This could damage the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle.
Adjusting the steering wheel position
Fig. 33 Mechanical
steering wheel adjust-
ment
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
54 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjust the steering wheel before your trip and only when the vehicle is sta-
tionary.
● Push the lever ⇒ Fig. 33
1
downwards.
● Adjust the steering wheel so that you can hold onto the steering wheel
with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock
positions and your arms slightly bent.
● Push the lever firmly upwards until it is flush to the steering column
⇒
.
Adjust the correct distance between the driver and the steering wheel
⇒ Fig. 28 using the controls on the driver seat ⇒ page 51.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjustment function and an incorrect
adjustment of the steering wheel can result in severe or fatal injury.
● After adjusting the steering column, push the lever ⇒ Fig. 33
1
firm-
ly upwards to ensure the steering wheel does not accidentally change po-
sition while driving.
● Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. If you
need to adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion, stop
safely and make the proper adjustment.
● The adjusted steering wheel should be facing your chest and not your
face so as not to hinder the driver's frontal airbag protection in the event
of an accident.
● When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the
outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to reduce inju-
ries when the driver's frontal airbag deploys.
● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or in any oth-
er manner (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the
driver's airbag deploys, you may sustain injuries to your arms, hands and
head.
55Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Seat functions
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Adjust the seat position ⇒ page 48
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Child seats (accessories) ⇒ page 76
● Exterior mirrors ⇒ page 95
WARNING
Inappropriate use of the seat functions can cause severe injuries.
● Assume the proper sitting position before your trip and remain in it
throughout. This also applies to the other occupants.
● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the seat operat-
ing and adjustment radius.
Seat heating*
Fig. 34 In the centre
console: Front seats
heating switch
The front seat cushions can be heated electrically when the ignition is
switched on.
Switch off seat heating if there is nobody in the seat.
Function Action ⇒ Fig. 34
To switch on: Press button . Seat heating is switched on fully.
All warning signals light up.
Adjusting the heating
output:
Press the button again to adjust the desired
heat.
To switch off: Keep pressing button until all of the lights are
switched off.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
56 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING
People whose pain and temperature threshold has been affected by some
kind of medicine, paraplegia or chronic illness (e.g. diabetes) may sus-
tain burns to the back, buttocks and legs from use of the seat heating
that may lead to a long healing process or that may never completely
heal. Seek medical advice if you have doubts regarding your health.
● People with a limit pain and temperature threshold must never use
seat heating.
CAUTION
● To avoid damaging the heating elements of the seat heating, please do
not kneel on the seat or apply sharp pressure at a single point to the seat
cushion and backrest.
● Liquids, sharp objects and insulating materials on the seat could dam-
age the seat heating.
● In the event of smells, switch off the seat heating immediately and have
the unit inspected by a Specialised workshop.
For the sake of the environment
The seat heating should remain on only when needed. Otherwise, it is an
unnecessary fuel consumption.
57Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Seat belts
Introduction
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If you notice
that the belt webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or buckle of any of the
belts is damaged, the belt must be replaced immediately by a Specialised
workshop ⇒
. The Specialised workshop must use the appropriate spare
parts corresponding to the vehicle, the equipment and the model year. SEAT
recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
● Adjust the seat position ⇒ page 48
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Child seats (accessories) ⇒ page 76
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts increase the risk of severe or even
fatal injuries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if it is not fas-
tened and used correctly.
● Seats belts are the most effective ways of reducing the risk of sus-
taining severe or fatal injuries In the event of an accident. Correctly fas-
ten seat belts when the vehicle is in motion to protect the driver and all
vehicle occupants.
● Before each trip, every occupant in the vehicle occupants must sit
properly, correctly fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and
keep it fastened throughout the trip. This also applies to other occupants
when driving in town.
WARNING (Continued)
● When travelling, children must be secured in the vehicle with a child
restraint system suitable for their weight and height and with the seat
belts correctly fastened ⇒ page 76.
● Instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly before
driving off.
● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and en-
sure it is engaged. Using the latch plate in the buckle of another seat will
not protect you properly and may cause severe injuries.
● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to enter the buckle fastenings.
This could damage the buckles and seat belts.
● Never unbuckle your seat belt when the vehicle is moving.
● Never allow more than one passenger to share the same seat belt.
● Never hold children or babies on your lap sharing the same seat belt.
● Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) impairs the proper fit and
function of the seat belt.
WARNING
It is extremely dangerous to drive using damaged seat belts and could re-
sult in serious injury or loss of life.
● Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming it in the door or the seat
mechanism.
● If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the seat belts
could break in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts
approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been
worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a Specialised
workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent dam-
age. The belt anchor points should also be checked.
● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself. All re-
pairs to seat belts, retractors and buckles must be carried out by a Speci-
alised workshop.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
58 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Warning lamp
Fig. 35 Warning lamp on
the instrument panel
Fig. 36 Indication of
seat belt status in the
rear seats on the instru-
ment panel display
Lights
up or
flashes
Possible cause Solution
On the instrument panel: Driver's
seat belt not fastened or front pas-
senger seat belt not fastened if the
front passenger's seat is occupied.
Fasten seat belts!
On the instrument panel: Objects
on the front passenger seat.
Remove any objects from
the front passenger seat
and store them safely.
Instrument panel display: A pas-
senger in the rear seats has not
fastened their seat belt, if the seat
is occupied. *
Fasten seat belts!
On the instrument panel display: A
passenger in the rear seats has
fastened their seat belt, if the seat
is occupied.*
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
An audible warning will be heard if the seat belts are not fastened as the
vehicle drives off and reaches a speed of more then 25 km/h (15 mph) or if
the seat belts are unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. The seat belt
warning lamp will also flash.
The warning lamp does not switch off until the driver and front passenger
fasten their seat belts while the ignition is switched on.
Seat belt status display for rear seats
The seat belt status display on the instrument panel display informs the
driver, when the ignition is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear
seats have fastened their seat belts. The symbol indicates that the pas-
senger in this seat has fastened “his or her” seat belt ⇒ Fig. 36.
59Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
The seat belt status is displayed for around 30 seconds when a seat belt in
the rear seats is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off this display by
pressing the
0.0 / SET
button.
The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of 30 seconds when a seat belt
in the rear seats is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. An audible
warning will also be heard if the vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h
(15 mph).
WARNING
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts increase the risk of severe or even
fatal injuries. The optimal protection from seat belts can be achieved only
if you use them properly.
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics
Fig. 37 Vehicle about to
hit a wall: the occupants
are not wearing seat
belts
Fig. 38 The vehicle hits
the wall: the occupants
are not wearing seat
belts
It is easy to explain how the laws of physics work in the case of a head-on
collision: when a vehicle starts moving
⇒
Fig. 37, this is a certain amount of
energy known as “kinetic energy” both in the vehicle and in the occupants.
The higher the speed and the greater the weight of the vehicle, the more
energy there is to be absorbed in an accident.
The most significant factor, however, is the speed of the vehicle. If the
speed doubles from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), for example,
the kinetic energy is multiplied by four.
The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on the speed of the vehicle and
the weight of the vehicle and its passengers. The higher the speed and the
greater the weight of the vehicle and the occupants, the more energy there
is to be absorbed in an accident.
Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are not “attached” to the vehicle.
As a result, in a frontal collision they will continue to move forward at the
speed their vehicle was travelling just before the impact until something
stops them! Because the passengers in our example are not restrained by
seat belts, all of the vehicle occupants' kinetic energy has to be absorbed at
the point of impact
⇒
Fig. 38.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
60 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
At speeds of 30 km/h (18 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on
bodies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne (1000 kg or
2.205 pounds). At greater speed these forces are even higher.
This example applies not only to frontal accidents, but to all accidents and
collisions.
Dangers of not using the seat belt
Fig. 39 A driver not
wearing a seat belt is
thrown forward violently
Fig. 40 The unbelted
rear seat passenger is
thrown forward violently,
hitting the driver wearing
a seat belt
Many people believe that the occupants can protect themselves with their
hands in a minor collision. This is false!
Even at low speeds, the forces acting on the body in a collision are so great
that it is not possible to brace oneself with just one's arms and hands. In a
frontal collision, unbelted vehicle occupants are thrown forward and will
make violent contact with the steering wheel, dash panel, windscreen or
whatever else is in the way ⇒ Fig. 39.
The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts. When triggered, airbags
provide only additional protection. Airbags do not deploy in all types of ac-
cident. All occupants (including the driver) must be wearing seat belts prop-
erly during the trip, even if the vehicle is equipped with airbag systems.
This will reduce the risk of critical or fatal injuries in the event of an accident
– regardless of whether an airbag is fitted for the seat.
The airbag is only deployed once. To achieve the best possible protection,
the seat belt must always be worn properly so that you will be protected in
accidents in which no airbag is deployed. Vehicle occupants not wearing
belts could be thrown from the vehicle and sustain even more severe or fa-
tal injuries.
61Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
It is also important for the rear passengers to wear seat belts properly, as
they could otherwise be thrown forward violently in an accident. Rear seat
passengers who do not use seat belts endanger not only themselves but al-
so the driver and other occupants ⇒ Fig. 40.
Seat belt protection
Fig. 41 Drivers with
properly worn seat belts
will not be thrown for-
ward in the event of sud-
den braking
Wearing a correctly fastened seat belt can significantly change the situa-
tion. Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the correct sit-
ting positions and substantially reduce the kinetic energy in the event of an
accident. Seat belts also help to prevent uncontrolled movements that
could lead to severe injuries. In addition, properly worn seat belts reduce
the danger of being thrown from the vehicle ⇒ Fig. 41.
Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts correctly benefit greatly from the
ability of the belts to absorb kinetic energy. The front crumple zones and
other passive safety features (such as the airbag system) are also designed
to absorb the kinetic energy generated in a collision. Taken together, all
these features reduce the energy released and decrease the risk of injury.
Our examples describe frontal collisions. Of course, properly worn seat belts
substantially reduce the risk of injury in all other types of accidents. This is
why it is so important to fasten seat belts before every trip, even when just
driving “around the corner”. Ensure that your passengers wear their seat
belts as well.
Accident statistics have shown properly worn seat belts to be an effective
means of considerably reducing the risk of severe injury and improving the
chances of survival in a serious accident. Furthermore, properly worn seat
belts improve the protection provided by deployed airbags in the event of
an accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt is required by law in most
countries.
Although your vehicle is equipped with airbags, fasten and wear the seat
belts. The front airbags, for example, are only triggered in some frontal acci-
dents. The front airbags will not be triggered during minor frontal collisions,
minor side collisions, rear collisions, rolls or accidents in which the airbag
trigger threshold value in the control unit is not exceeded.
Therefore, you should always wear your seat belt and ensure that vehicle
occupants have fastened their seat belts properly before you drive off!
Using seat belts
Checklist
Use of the seat belt ⇒
:
¥
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals.
¥
Keep the seat belts clean.
¥
Keep the seat belt web, the latch plate and the buckle free of foreign
bodies and liquids.
¥
Do not jam or damage the seat belt or the latch plate when closing
the door, for example.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
62 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Checklist (Continued)
¥
Never remove, modify or repair the seat belt or belt fastening mecha-
nisms.
¥
Fasten your seat belt properly before each trip and keep it fastened.
Twisted seat belt
If it is difficult to remove the seat belt from the guide, the seat belt may
have become twisted inside the side trim after being wound too quickly on
unfastening:
● Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully pulling on the latch plate.
● Untwist the belt and guide it back, assisting it by hand.
Fasten the seat belt even if it is impossible to untwist it. In this case, the
twisted area must not be in an area in direct contact with your body. Have
the seat belt untwisted urgently by a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
An improperly handled seat belt increases the risk of sustaining severe
or fatal injuries.
● Regularly check that the seat belts and their components are in per-
fect condition.
● Always keep your seat belt clean.
● Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it with sharp edges.
● Make sure there are no liquids or foreign bodies on the latch plate
and in the buckle.
Fastening or unfastening a seat belt
Fig. 42 Insert the latch
plate into the buckle
Fig. 43 Release the latch
plate from the buckle
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the position that
most protects them in the event of an accident or sudden braking ⇒
.
63Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Fastening the seat belt
Fasten your seat belt before each trip.
● Correctly adjust the front seat ⇒ page 48.
● Engage the seat backrest in the upright position and correctly adjust the
hear restraint ⇒
.
● Pull the latch plate and place the belt webbing evenly across your chest
and lap. Do not twist the seat belt when doing so ⇒
.
● Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the corresponding seat ⇒ Fig. 42.
● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in the
buckle.
Unfastening the seat belt
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a stand-
still ⇒
.
● Press the red button on the buckle ⇒ Fig. 43. The latch plate is released
from the buckle.
● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not
be damaged.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe or fatal injuries in the
event of an accident.
● The seat belt cannot offer its full protection unless the backrests are
in an upright position and the seat belt is worn correctly, according to
your size.
● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause se-
vere or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Seat belt position
Fig. 44 Correct seat belt position
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
64 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Fig. 45 Correct position-
ing of seat belts during
pregnancy
Seat belts offer their maximum protection in the event of an accident and
reduce the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only when they are
properly positioned. Furthermore, if the webbing is correctly positioned, the
seat belt will hold the occupants in the optimum position to ensure the air-
bag provides the utmost protection. The seat belt must therefore always be
worn and the webbing correctly positioned.
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe or even fatal injuries
⇒
page 48, Adjusting the seat position.
Correct seat belt position
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder,
never across the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind the shoulder.
● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the
stomach.
● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably. Pull the seat belt tight if
necessary to take up any slack.
In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt must lie evenly across the
chest and as low as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach.
Pregnant women must wear the seat belt properly at all times during the
pregnancy
⇒
Fig. 45.
Adapting the position of the seat belt webbing to your size
The seat belt can be adapted using the following equipment:
● Front seat height adjustment.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event
of an accident or sudden braking or manoeuvre.
● The seat belt cannot provide optimum protection if it is not correctly
worn and the backrest is not tilted slightly backwards.
● The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt can cause severe injuries if the
belt moves from hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the stomach).
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoul-
der, never across the neck or the arm.
● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the torso.
● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across
the stomach. The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the pelvis.
Pull the seat belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.
● Pregnant women must wear the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible over the pelvis and always lie it flat, “surrounding” the stom-
ach.
● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fastened.
● Never pull the seat belt away from your body using your hand.
● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or fragile objects, e.g. glasses,
pens or keys.
● Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or similar instruments to al-
ter the position of the belt webbing.
65Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Note
If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct posi-
tion of the belt webbing, contact a Specialised workshop for help with any
special devices to ensure the optimum protection of the seat belt and air-
bag. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Automatic belt retainer, belt tension device, belt tension
limiter
Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety concept ⇒ page 67 and consist of
the following important functions:
Automatic belt retainer
Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belt retainer on the shoulder
belt. If the belt is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the system allows
for total freedom of movement on the shoulder belt. However, during sud-
den braking, during travel in mountains or bends and during acceleration,
the automatic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is pulled quickly.
Belt tension devices
The seat belts for the front occupants are equipped with belt tensioners.
Sensors will trigger the belt tension devices during severe head-on, lateral
and rear collisions and retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat belt is
loose, it is retracted to reduce the forwards movement of occupants or
movement in the direction of the collision. The belt tension device works in
combination with the airbag system. The belt tension device will not be trig-
gered in the event of the vehicle overturning if the side airbags are not de-
ployed.
If the belt tension device is triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal
and it is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
Belt tension limiter
The belt tension limiter reduces the force of the seat belt on the body in the
event of an accident.
Note
The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or
components of the system are scrapped. These requirements are known to
specialised workshops ⇒ page 65.
Service and disposal of belt tension devices
If you work on the belt tension devices or remove and install other parts of
the vehicle when performing other repair work, the seat belt may be dam-
aged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the belt
tension devices function incorrectly or not at all.
Observe regulations so that the effectiveness of the belt tension device is
not reduced and that removed parts do not cause any injuries or environ-
mental pollution. These requirements are known to qualified dealerships.
WARNING
Improper handling and home-made repairs of seat belts, automatic belt
retainers and tension devices increase the risk of sustaining severe or fa-
tal injuries. The belt tension device may fail to trigger or may trigger in
the wrong circumstances.
● Never attempt to repair, adjust or remove or install parts of the belt
tension devices or seat belts. Any work must be performed by a special-
ised workshop only ⇒ page 222.
● Do not repair belt tension devices and automatic belt retainers. Re-
place them.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
66 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
For the sake of the environment
Airbag modules and belt tensioner may contain perchlorate. Observe the le-
gal requirements for their disposal.
67Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Airbag system
Introduction
Front airbags have been installed for both driver and passenger. The front
airbags can also protect the chest and head of driver and passenger if the
seats, seat belts head restraints and, for the driver, the steering wheel are
correctly adjusted and used. Airbags are considered as additional safety
equipment. An airbag cannot replace the safety belt, which must be worn at
all times, even in front seats where front airbags have been installed.
Additional information and warnings:
● Driving tips ⇒ page 25
● Correct sitting position ⇒ page 48
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Child seats (accessories) ⇒ page 76
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 205
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 233
WARNING
Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a means of protection.
● Even when triggered, airbag protection is only auxiliary.
● The airbags provide the best protection when the seat belts are prop-
erly fastened, thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries ⇒ page 57,
Seat belts.
● Before each trip, every occupant must sit properly, correctly fasten
the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and keeping it fastened
throughout the trip. This rule is valid for all occupants.
WARNING
Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle must never carry any objects
in the deployment space between them and the airbags, as this increa-
ses the risk of sustaining injuries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies
the airbag deployment space or the objects may fly uncontrollably and
hit your body.
● Never carry objects in your hand or on your lap while the vehicle is in
motion.
● Never transport objects on the front passenger seat. In the event of
sudden braking and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in the airbag
deployment space and fly uncontrollably around the interior if the airbag
is activated.
● Occupants of the front and rear seats must never carry any other peo-
ple, pets or objects in the deployment space between them and the air-
bags. Make sure children and other passengers also respect this recom-
mendation.
WARNING
The airbag system provides protection for one accident only. If they have
been deployed, replace them.
● Ensure deployed airbags and the system components involved are im-
mediately replaced with new, SEAT-approved components for the vehicle.
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised work-
shop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diagnostics
equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.
● Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle.
● Never modify the airbag system components.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
68 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING
If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and it
is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
● This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes and cause breathing dif-
ficulties, particularly in people suffering from or who have suffered from
asthma or other illnesses of the respiratory tract. To reduce breathing dif-
ficulties, get out of the vehicle and open and doors and windows to
breath in fresh air.
● Should you touch the dust, wash your hands and face using a mild
soap and water before you eat.
● Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or open wounds.
● Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust in them.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If
an airbag is accidentally triggered, the detachment of plastic parts could
cause serious injury.
● Never clean the dash panel and the surfaces of the airbag modules
with cleaners containing solvents.
69Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Types of front passenger airbag systems
There are 2 different SEAT front passenger airbag systems:
A B
Characteristics of the passenger
front airbag without disabling.
Characteristics of the front passen-
ger front airbag that can be disabled
manually ⇒ page 73.
- * Control lamp on the instru-
ment panel.
– Control lamp on the instrument
panel.
- Front passenger airbag located in
dash panel.
- PASSENGER AIR BAG control
lamp on the dash panel.
- Key switch in the glove compart-
ment on the front passenger side of
the dash panel.
- Front passenger airbag located in
dash panel.
- Description: airbag system - Description: airbag system with
front passenger airbag disabling.
- Description: airbag system without
disabling.*
Control lamps
Fig. 46 Control lamp for
disabling the front pas-
senger airbag on the
dash panel
lights
up
Location Possible cause Solution
Instrument
panel
Fault in airbag system
and seat belt tension-
ers.
Have the system checked
immediately by a Special-
ised workshop.
Dash panel.
Fault in the airbag
system.
Have the system checked
immediately by a Special-
ised workshop.
Front passenger air-
bag disabled.
Check whether the airbag
should remain disabled.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG warning lamp does not remain lit or if it is
lit together with the control lamp on the instrument panel and the front
passenger airbag is disabled, there may be a fault in the airbag system
⇒
.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
70 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING
In the event of a fault in the airbag system, the airbag may not trigger
correctly, may fail to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, leading to
severe or fatal injuries.
● Have the airbag system checked immediately by a Specialised work-
shop.
● Never mount a child seat in the front passenger seat or remove the
mounted child seat! The front passenger airbag may deploy during an ac-
cident in spite of the fault.
CAUTION
Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descriptions
and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Description and function of the airbag
The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in the event of an accidents, cush-
ioning the movement of the occupants in the direction of the collision in
frontal and side accidents.
Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas. This causes the airbag covers to
break and the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in their entire deploy-
ment space within fractions of a second. When an occupant with the seat
belt properly fastened puts pressure on the inflated airbag, the propellant
gas escapes to absorb the force of the impact and slow the movement. This
reduces the risk of severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment does not
mean that other types of injury such as swelling, bruising and skin injuries
can be ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag, friction can cause the
generation of heat.
Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower part of the body.
The most important factors for triggering the airbag are the type of accident,
the angle of impact, the vehicle speed and the characteristics of the object
the vehicle hits. Therefore, airbags are not triggered every time the vehicle
is visibly damaged.
The activation of the airbag system depends on the magnitude of the decel-
eration of the vehicle caused by a collision, which registers through an elec-
tronic control unit. If the deceleration magnitude value is below the refer-
ence value programmed in the control unit, the airbags will not deploy de-
spite serious damage being caused to the vehicle by the accident. Damage
suffered by the vehicle, reparation costs or absence of damage suffered
from the accident are not indications of whether an airbag should have
been deployed. Due to the varying nature of collision situations, it is impos-
sible to define a speed range of the vehicle and reference values. For this
reason, it is not possible to cover all types of collisions and collision angles
resulting in the deployment of the airbag. Factors necessary for the airbag
to be deployed can be, the characteristics of the object (hard or soft)
against which the vehicle collides, the collision angle and the vehicle
speed.
Airbags act in conjunction with three-point seat belts in the event of certain
accidents, when the vehicle deceleration rate is severe enough to trigger
the airbags. Airbags only deploy once and only under certain circumstan-
ces. Seat belts remain present to offer protection in situations where air-
bags are not triggered or where they have already deployed. For example,
when a vehicle hits another after an initial collision or is hit by another vehi-
cle.
The airbag system is an integral part of the vehicle's passive safety system.
The airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wear-
ing their seat belts correctly and have adjusted the head restraints properly
⇒ page 48.
Vehicle safety components
The following safety equipment makes up the vehicle safety design to re-
duce the risk of severe and fatal injuries. Depending on the vehicle equip-
ment, some equipment may not be fitted in the vehicle or may not be avail-
able in some markets.
71Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
● Optimised seat belts for all seats.
● Seat belt tension devices for driver and passenger.
● Seat belt force limiters for driver and passenger.
● Seat belt warning lamp.
● Frontal airbags for driver and passenger.
● Side airbags for driver and passenger.
● Airbag control lamp .
● Control units and sensors.
● Head restraints optimised for rear-end collision.
● Adjustable steering column.
● If necessary, anchor points for child seats for the rear seats.
● Where applicable, mountings for the child seat upper retaining strap.
Situations when the front and side airbags do not deploy:
● If the ignition is switched off during the collision.
● In frontal collisions when the deceleration measured by the control unit
is too low.
● In minor side collisions.
● In rear collisions.
● In the event of the vehicle overturning.
● When the impact speed is lower than the reference value set in the con-
trol unit.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
72 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Front airbags
Fig. 47 Location and deployment area of the front air-
bag for the driver
Fig. 48 Location and deployment area of the front air-
bag for the driver
In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the front
occupants additional protection for the head and chest in the event of a se-
vere frontal collision. Always remain as far away as possible from the front
airbag ⇒ page 48. This way, the front airbags can completely deploy when
triggered, providing their maximum protection.
The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel ⇒ Fig. 47 and
the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel ⇒ Fig. 48. Air-
bags are identified by the word “AIRBAG”.
73Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in
red ⇒ Fig. 47 and ⇒ Fig. 48 (radius of action). Therefore, objects should
never be placed or mounted in these areas ⇒
. Factory-fitted accessories
are outside the range of the front airbag for the driver and the front passen-
ger, e.g. the baseplate for the mobile telephone support.
The airbag covers fold out of the steering wheel ⇒ Fig. 47 or dash panel
⇒ Fig. 48 when the driver and front passenger airbags are triggered. The air-
bag covers remain connected to the steering wheel or the dash panel.
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second.
● Always keep the deployment areas of the front airbags vacant.
● Never secure objects to the covers or in the deployment area of the
airbag modules, e.g. drink holders or phone supports.
● The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags
must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
● Never fix any object to the windscreen above the front airbag on the
front passenger side.
● Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the steering wheel hub or the
surface of the airbag module on the passenger side of the dash panel.
WARNING
Front airbags are deployed in front of the steering wheel ⇒ Fig. 47 and
the dash panel ⇒ Fig. 48.
● When driving, always hold the steering wheel on the outer edge of
the ring with both hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position.
WARNING (Continued)
● Adjust the driver seat so that there is a distance of at least
25 cm(10 inches) between the centre of your chest and the hub of the
steering wheel. If you physical constitution prevents you from meeting
these requirements, make sure you contact a Specialised workshop.
● Adjust the front passenger seat so there is as much distance as possi-
ble between the front passenger and the dash panel.
Deactivating and activating the front passenger airbag
using the key switch
Fig. 49 On front passen-
ger side: key switch for
disabling and enabling
the front passenger air-
bag
Disable the front passenger airbag when a rear-facing child seat is moun-
ted.
Deactivating the front passenger airbag
● Switch the ignition off.
● Open the door on the front passenger side.
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 28.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
74 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to OFF ⇒ Fig. 49.
● Close the door on the front passenger side.
● The PASSENGER AIR BAG control lamp on the dash panel will re-
main lit while the ignition is switched on ⇒ page 69.
Activating the front passenger airbag
● Switch the ignition off.
● Open the door on the front passenger side.
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 28.
● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to ON ⇒ Fig. 49.
● Close the door on the front passenger side.
● Check that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF control lamp on the dash
panel does not light up ⇒ page 69 while the ignition is switched on.
How to know whether the front passenger airbag is disabled
Disabling of the front passenger airbag is only indicated by the PASSENGER
AIR BAG control lamp that remains lit on the dash panel ( re-
mains yellow) ⇒ page 69.
If the control lamp on the dash panel does not remain lit or is lit in
combination with the control lamp on the instrument panel, a child re-
straint system cannot be mounted on the front passenger seat for safety
reasons. The front passenger airbag may deploy during an accident.
WARNING
Only disconnect the front passenger airbag in special cases.
● Disconnect and connect the front passenger airbag when the ignition
is switched off to avoid damage to the airbag system.
● It is the driver's responsibility to ensure that the key operated switch
is set to the correct position.
WARNING (Continued)
● Only disconnect the front passenger airbag when a child seat is to be
mounted under exceptional circumstances.
● As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front passenger
seat, reconnect the front passenger seat airbag.
75Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Side airbags
Fig. 50 On the side of
the front seat: location of
the side airbag
Fig. 51 On the left side
of the vehicle: deploy-
ment area of side airbag
The side airbags are located in the outer cushion of the driver and front pas-
senger seat backrests ⇒ Fig. 50. Their position is indicated by the word
“AIRBAG”. The area marked in red ⇒ Fig. 51 indicates the side airbag de-
ployment zone.
In the event of a side-on collision, the side airbag will deploy in the side of
the vehicle affected ⇒ Fig. 51, thus reducing the risk of injuries to passen-
gers on the side of the body and the head facing the accident side.
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second.
● Always keep the deployment areas of the side airbags vacant.
● The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags
must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
● Do not mount accessories on the doors.
● Only used protective covers for the seats that are approved for the ve-
hicle. Otherwise, the side airbag would be obstructed when deployed.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the driver's and front passenger's seat could pre-
vent the side airbag from deploying properly and cause severe injuries.
● Never remove the front seats of the vehicle or modify any of their
components.
● Great forces must not be exerted on the backrest bolsters because
the side airbags might not deploy correctly, might not deploy at all or
might deploy unexpectedly.
● Any damage to the original seat upholstery or around the seams of
the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a Specialised
workshop.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
76 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Child seats (accessories)
Introduction
Before transporting babies and children in a child seat placed in the front
passenger seat, first completely read the information regarding the airbag
system.
This information is extremely important for driver and passenger safety, par-
ticularly that of babies and children.
SEAT recommends the use of child seats from the SEAT accessory pro-
gramme. These child seats have been designed and tested for use in SEAT
vehicles. You can purchase child seats with different mountings from a SEAT
dealership.
Additional information and warnings:
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
WARNING
Make sure children are properly belted in and correctly secured to avoid
severe or fatal injuries while the vehicle is in motion.
● Never use a rear-facing child seat in the front passenger seat if the
front passenger airbag is enabled.
● Children up to 12 years old should always travel on the rear seat.
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight.
● Children must assume the proper sitting position and be properly bel-
ted in while travelling.
WARNING (Continued)
● Ensure the backrest of a seat is upright when a child seat is being
used on it.
● Do not allow the child's head or other part of his or her body to enter
the deployment area of the side airbags.
● Make sure the seat belt webbing is correctly positioned.
● Never hold children or babies on your lap or in your arms.
● Only one child may occupy a child seat.
● Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling in-
structions.
WARNING
An empty or loose child seat could fly uncontrollably around the vehicle
interior and cause injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● When not in use while the vehicle is in motion, always safely secure it
or store it in the luggage compartment.
Note
Replace the child seat after an accident, as it may have invisible damage.
77Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
General information on transporting children in the vehicle
Legal regulations and provisions will always take priority over the descrip-
tions of this instruction manual. There are different regulations and provi-
sions for the use of child seats and their mountings (⇒ table on page 77).
In some countries, for example, the use of child seats on certain seats in the
vehicle may be forbidden.
The physical principles and the forces acting on the vehicle in the event of a
collision or other type of accidents also apply to children ⇒ page 57. Howev-
er, unlike adults and youngsters, children do not have fully developed mus-
cle and bone structures. In the event of an accident, children are subject to
a greater risk than adults of sustaining severe injuries.
Given that children's bodies are not yet fully developed, child restraint sys-
tems must be used that are especially adapted to their height, weight and
constitution. There are laws in force in many countries that determine the
use of approved seat systems for transporting babies and children.
Only used authorised, approved child seats that are suitable for the vehicle.
Always consult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised workshop should
you have any doubts.
Checklist
To transport children in the vehicle ⇒
:
¥
Observe the legal requirements specific to each country.
¥
For safety reasons, SEAT recommends that children under 12 years of
age are transported on the rear seats.
¥
Only if you have no alternative should a child travel on the front pas-
senger seat ⇒ page 79. The safest place in the vehicle is on the
rear seat behind the front passenger seat.
¥
Child must always use a child restraint system when travelling in the
vehicle. The child restraint system must be suitable for the height,
weight and constitution of the child.
¥
Only one child may occupy a child seat.
¥
Follow the user instructions from the child seat manufacturer and al-
ways keep them in the vehicle.
¥
If the child seat is secured using the seat belt, guide the seat belt
through or around the child seat according to the instructions of the
child seat manufacturer.
¥
Make sure the seat belt webbing is correctly positioned and that the
child is sitting properly.
¥
The child seat should be installed on the rear seat behind the front
passenger seat so that the child can exit the vehicle on the kerb
side.
¥
Do not leave toys or other loose objects on the child seat or on the
seat while the vehicle is in motion.
Specific child seat regulations for each country (selection)
Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 44
1)
regulation. You can consult ad-
ditional information at your SEAT dealership at the internet address
www.seat.es.
Categorisation of child seats according to ECE-R 44
Weight category Weight of the child Age
Group 0 children up to 10 kg up to approximately. 9 months
Group 0+ children up to 13 kg
up to approximately. 18
months
Group 1 9 to 18 kg
approx. 8 months to 3
1
/
2
years
Group 2 15 to 25 kg approx. 3 to 7 years
Group 3 22 to 36 kg approx. 6 to 12 years
Not all children fit in the seat of their weight group. Nor do all seats adapt to
the vehicle. Therefore, always check whether the child fits properly in the
child seat and whether the seat can be installed safely in the vehicle.
1)
ECE-R: Economic Commission for Europe Regulation.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
78 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 regulation are fitted with the corre-
sponding approval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in a circle with the
identification number below it.
WARNING
Not following the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to ac-
cidents and severe injuries.
● Always follow the check list and perform the necessary operations.
WARNING
In general, the rear seat is always the safest place for children, who are
belted correctly, in the event of an accident.
● A suitable child seat that is correctly installed and used on one of the
rear seats offer the most protection possible for babies and children up
to 12 years in most accidents.
Different mounting systems
Fig. 52 On the rear seats: figure
A
shows the basic child restraint system mounting
using lower retaining rings and the upper retaining strap. Figure
B
shows the child
restraint system mounting using the vehicle's seat belt
Always secure child seats properly and safely in the vehicle according to the
child seat manufacturer's installation instructions.
Mounted child seats must rest correctly on the vehicle's seat and must not
move or rock more than 2.5 cm.
Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap must also be secured using the
Top Tether retaining strap in the vehicle ⇒ page 83. Only attach the retain-
ing strap to the corresponding retaining rings. Not all rings can be used
with the Top Tether system. Always tighten the Top Tether retaining strap so
that the child seat fits snugly against the corresponding seat in the vehicle.
79Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Specific mounting systems for each country
Attachment variants ⇒ Fig. 52:
Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper retaining strap ⇒ page 81
and ⇒ page 83.
Three-point seat belt and upper retaining strap ⇒ page 80.
The systems include the child restraint system mounting with an upper re-
taining strap (Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on the seat.
Use of the child seat on the front passenger seat
Transporting children on the front passenger seat is not permitted in all
countries. Furthermore, not all child seats are approved for use on the front
passenger seat. Your SEAT dealership has an updated list of all approved
child seats. Only used child seats that are approved for each vehicle.
The frontal airbag on the front passenger side is highly dangerous for a
child. The front passenger seat is life-threatening to a child if he or she is
transported in a rear-facing child seat.
If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, an inflating
airbag can strike it with such great force that severe or fatal injuries may re-
sult ⇒
. Therefore, rear-facing child seats must never be used on the front
passenger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled.
Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat if the front pas-
senger airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the yellow PASSENGER
AIR BAG ⇒ page 67 control lamp on the dash panel will be lit. If you
cannot disable the front passenger airbag and it remains enabled, it is for-
bidden to transport children on the front passenger seat ⇒
.
A
B
Things to note if using a child seat on the front passenger seat:
● The front passenger front airbag must be disabled when using a rear-
facing child seat ⇒ page 67.
● The backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.
● Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
● The backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.
Suitable child seats
The child seat must be authorised by the manufacturer especially for use on
a front passenger seat with a frontal or side airbag.
Universal seats for children can be fitted in the front passenger seat, in
groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
WARNING
If a child seat is mounted on the front passenger seat, the risk of the
child sustaining severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident increa-
ses. Rear-facing child seats must never be mounted on the front passen-
ger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled. This is life-threaten-
ing to the child should the frontal airbag deploy, as the child seat would
be struck by the inflated airbag and thrown against the backrest.
WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must be transported in a rear-fac-
ing child seat on the front passenger seat, strictly observe the following:
● Always disable the front passenger airbag and leave it disabled.
● The child seat must be approved by the manufacturer for use on a
front passenger seat with frontal and side airbag.
● Follow the installation instructions of the child seat manufacturer and
observe the warnings.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
80 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING (Continued)
● Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and adjust it to
its highest position to keep as far away as possible from the frontal air-
bag.
● Move the backrest to the upright position.
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight.
Use of the child seat on the rear seat
If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat, adapt the position of the front
passenger seat so that the child has enough space. Therefore, adapt the
front passenger seat to the size of the child seat and the height of the child.
Ensure the passenger is in the correct position ⇒ page 48.
Suitable child seats
The manufacturer must authorise the child seat for use in the rear seats with
side airbags.
Universal seats for children can be fitted in the passenger seat, in groups 0,
0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
The rear seats are suitable for child seats with the ISOFIX system specially
designed for this type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE-R 44.
ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats
ISOFIX child seats are divided into certified categories “universal”, “semi-
universal” or “specific categories for the vehicle”.
● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “universal”, it must be supported by
the lower anchor points and the Top Tether retaining strap.
● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “semi-universal” or “specific catego-
ries for the vehicle”, check that the child seat is certified for the vehicle be-
fore employing it. The child seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to the
ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for which the corresponding ISOFIX child
seat has been certified. If necessary, contact the child seat manufacturer for
an updated list of vehicles.
Securing child seats with the seat belt
The seat belt may be used to secure child seats with the universal marking
(on the orange label) to the vehicle seats marked with a u in the table be-
low.
Category Front passenger Rear seats
Group 0
Up to 10 kg
u u
Category 0+
Up to 13 kg
u u
Group 1
9 to 18 kg
u u
Group 2
15 to 25 kg
u u
Group 3
22 to 36 kg
u u
Securing the child seat using the seat belt
● Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling instruc-
tions.
● Move the front passenger seat, or the rear seat bench back as far as pos-
sible and, in the case of an adjustable backrest, set it in the upright posi-
tion ⇒ page 48.
● Positioning the child seat on the seat according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
● Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the child seat structure in the man-
ner described in the manufacturer's instructions.
81Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
● Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and push it
down until it is securely locked with an audible click.
● Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly on the child seat.
● Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible to pull the lower belt web-
bing out).
Removing the child seat
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a stand-
still ⇒
.
● Press the red button on the buckle. The latch plate is released from the
buckle.
● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not
be damaged.
● Remove the child seat from the vehicle.
WARNING
Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe
or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a
standstill.
Securing the child seat using the lower anchor points (ISOFIX, LATCH)
Fig. 53 On the vehicle
seat: Identification var-
iants of the anchor points
for the child seats
Each seat of the rear seat bench has two retainers named lower anchor
points.
Overview of ISOFIX installation
In compliance with the European directive ECE 16, The following table de-
tails the installation possibilities for ISOFIX child seats with the lower an-
chor points in each of the vehicle seats.
The allowed body weight for the child seat or information regarding size A
to G is indicated on the label on the child seat with certification “universal”
or “semi-universal”.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
82 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Group (weight category)
Group 0: children up
to 10 kg
Group 0: children up to 10 kg
Group 1: 9 to 18 kg
Group 0+: children up to 13 kg
Installation direction
facing backwards
(in the direction oppo-
site to travel)
facing backwards
(in the direction opposite to trav-
el)
facing backwards
(in the direction oppo-
site to travel)
facing forwards
(in the direction of travel)
Size F G C D E C D A B B1
installed on front passenger seat Seat does not have anchor points, it is not possible to secure with ISOFIX/LATCH
Installed on the rear seat bench IL-SU IL-SU IL-SU IUF/IL-SU
IL-SU: seat suitable for installing an ISOFIX child seat with certification
“semi-universal”, take note of the list of vehicles of the manufacturer of the
child seat.
IUF: seat suitable for the installation of an ISOFIX child seat with certifica-
tion “universal” and with Top Tether retaining strap.
Child seats with rigid mounting
For the installation of a child seat with rigid mounting auxiliary introduction
elements can be used. Using auxiliary introduction elements facilitates in-
stallation and protects upholstery. Auxiliary introduction elements form part
of the supply volume of the child seat or can be acquired at a SEAT dealer-
ship. If necessary, auxiliary introduction elements are inserted in both an-
chor points of the vehicle ⇒
.
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat ⇒
.
● Press the child seat onto the retaining rings ⇒ Fig. 53 in the direction of
the arrow. Safely engage the child seat and click it audibly into place.
● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
Child seat with adjustable retaining straps
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat ⇒
.
● Place the child seat on the seat cushion and attach the retaining strap
hooks to the retaining rings ⇒ Fig. 53.
● Tighten the straps evenly using the corresponding adjustment device.
The child seat must sit flush against the vehicle seat.
● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
WARNING
The lower anchor points for child seats do not include rings. Only secure
booster seats to lower anchor points.
CAUTION
● To avoid making permanent marks in the padding, remove the auxiliary
introduction elements from the anchor points when the child seat is not in-
stalled in the vehicle anchor points.
● To prevent damage being done to the upholstery, the padding or the
auxiliary introduction elements, always remove the auxiliary introduction el-
ements from the anchor points before folding the rear seat bench.
83Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Securing a child seat using a Top Tether retaining strap
Fig. 54 Example of an
upper retaining strap
connected.
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat
⇒
.
● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently forward
⇒
page 55.
● Remove the head restraints situated behind the child seat and store
them safely in the vehicle
⇒
page 48.
● Guide the upper retaining strap from of the child seat back to the lug-
gage compartment, feeding it through the seat backrest and the rear shelf.
● Fold back the seat backrest and push it firmly into the lock.
● Secure the child seat to the lower anchor points
⇒
page 81
● Hook the upper retaining strap in the luggage compartment, to the cor-
responding retaining ring
⇒
Fig. 54.
● Tighten the strap so that the top of the child seat rests on the backrest.
WARNING
Child seats with lower anchor points and with an upper retaining strap
must be installed in line with the manufacturer's instructions. Failure to
comply could result in severe injuries.
● Always secure just one retaining strap to a child seat with the lug-
gage compartment retaining ring.
● Always use the correct retaining rings for the retaining strap.
● Never secure the retaining strap to a retainer.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
84 Lights and visibility
Lights and visibility
Lights
Introduction
Observe the legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each
country.
The driver is personally responsible for the correct use and adjustment of
the lights in all situations.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Changing bulbs ⇒ page 264
WARNING
If the headlights are set too high and the main beam is not used correct-
ly, there is a risk of dazzling or distracting other road users. This could
result in serious accident.
● Always make sure that the headlamps are correctly adjusted.
● Never use the main beam or flashed headlamps as this could dazzle
other drivers.
Warning lamps
lights up Possible cause Solution
Rear fog light switched on. ⇒ page 86.
Fog lights switched on.
⇒ page 86.
Left or right turn signal.
The control lamp flashes twice
as fast when a vehicle turn sig-
nal is faulty.
If necessary, check the vehicle
lighting.
Main beam on or flasher on. ⇒ page 85.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
● Park the vehicle at a suitable distance away from the traffic ensuring
that the exhaust system is not in contact with inflammable material, for
example, dry grass, fuel, oil, etc.
● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for oth-
er road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put
out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
85Lights and visibility
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Turn signal and main beam lever
Fig. 55 Turn signal and
main beam lever in their
initial position
Move the lever to the required position:
Right turn signal.
Left turn signal.
Switching on main beam ⇒
. When the main beam is switched on,
the warning lamp is switched on in the instrument panel.
Switch on the flasher or switch off the main beam headlights. The flash-
ed beam comes on if the lever is pressed. The warning lamp will
light up during this process.
1
2
3
4
Push the lever all the way down to turn off the corresponding function.
Convenience turn signals
For the convenience turn signals, move the lever as far as possible upwards
or downwards and release the lever. The turn signal will flash 3 times.
The convenience indicators can be deactivated at a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the headlamps may cause accidents and serious injury,
as the main beam may distract or dazzle other drivers.
Note
The turn signal only works when the ignition is switched on. The hazard
warning lights system also works when the ignition is switched off
⇒ page 240.
Note
If any of both turn signals fails, the warning lamp will start flashing twice
faster than normal.
Note
The main beam headlights can only be switched on if the dipped beam
headlights are already on.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
86 Lights and visibility
Turning on and off lights
Fig. 56 Next to the steering wheel: diagram of some of
the types of light switch
Observe the legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each
country.
Turn the light switch to the required position ⇒ Fig. 56:
when the ignition is turned off when the ignition is on
Fog lights, dipped beam and
side lights off.
Lights off, daytime driving light
on.
Side light on. Side light on.
Dipped beam off; if necessary,
the side light comes on for a
time.
Dipped beam switched on.
Fog lights*
The control lamp appears on the fog lights control connected.
● Switching on the fog lights : Turn the switch to position or pull out
to the first stop.
● Switching on the rear fog light : turn the light switch to position or
pull out to the maximum.
● To switch off the fog lights, press the light switch or turn it to position .
Audible warnings to advise the driver that the lights have not been
switched off
If the key is not in the ignition and the driver door is open, an audible warn-
ing signal is heard in the following cases: This is a reminder to turn off the
lights.
● When the light switch is in position .
● When the light switch is in position .
87Lights and visibility
WARNING
The side lights or daytime driving lights are not bright enough to illumi-
nate the road ahead and to ensure that other road users are able to see
you.
● Always use your dipped beam head lights if it is raining or if visibility
is poor.
Lights and visibility: functions
Parking light remains on both sides
If when switching off the ignition, the light control remains in the posi-
tion and the vehicle is closed from outside, both headlights, in addition
to the side lights and the rear lights will light up.
Daytime driving light
The daytime driving light consists of individual lights in the front head-
lamps.
When the daytime driving light is switched on, only the individual lights
come on ⇒
.
The daytime lights are switched on each time the ignition is turned on if the
light switch is in position .
Switching the daytime driving light on and off
To switch the daytime driving light on or off, it is necessary to fit or remove
the corresponding fuse. Ask for professional assistance for this.
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other
drivers, there is a risk of accident.
● Never use the daytime driving light if the road is not well-lit as a re-
sult of the weather conditions and poor visibility. The daytime driving
lights are not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure
that other road users are able to see you.
● The rear lights do not come on with the daytime driving light. A vehi-
cle which does not have the rear lights on may not be visible to other
drivers in the darkness, if it is raining or in conditions of poor visibility.
Note
The headlights, rear lights and turn signals may mist up temporarily on the
inside in cool or damp weather. This is normal and in no way effects the
useful life of the vehicle lighting system.
Adjusting the headlights
In those countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road to the
home country, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle drivers of oncom-
ing vehicles.
For this reason, stickers may need to be used to cover the headlights when
driving abroad. For further information, please refer to a specialised work-
shop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Note
The use of stickers to cover headlights is only permitted over a short period.
To modify the direction of the headlamps more permanently, please take
the vehicle to a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Techni-
cal Service.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
88 Lights and visibility
Headlight range control, lighting of instruments and
controls
Fig. 57 Next to the
steering wheel: Head-
light range control
Headlamp height adjustment
The headlight range control
⇒
Fig. 57 is modified according to the value of
the headlight beam and the vehicle load status. This offers the driver opti-
mum visibility and the headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers
⇒
.
The headlights can only be adjusted when the dipped beam is switched on.
To reset, turn switch ⇒ Fig. 57:
Value Vehicle load status
a)
– Two front occupants, luggage compartment empty
1 All seats occupied, luggage compartment empty
2 All seats occupied, luggage compartment full.
3 Driver only, luggage compartment full.
a)
If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the table, it is possible to select
intermediary positions.
Instrument and switch lighting
When the side lights or dipped beam headlights are switched on, the light-
ing for instruments and controls lights up at a constant brightness.
WARNING
Heavy objects in the vehicle may mean that the headlights dazzle and
distract other drivers. This could result in serious accident.
● Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load status so that it does not
blind other drivers.
Reading light
Button /
Switch
Function
Switching off the reading light.
Switching on the reading light.
Switches door contact control on (central position).
The reading light comes on automatically when the vehicle is un-
locked, a door is opened or the key is removed from the ignition.
The light goes off a few seconds after all the doors are closed,
the vehicle is locked or the ignition is switched on.
Note
The reading lights go out when the vehicle is locked, or a few minutes after
the key is removed from the ignition. This prevents the battery from dis-
charging.
89Lights and visibility
Sun blind
Introduction
WARNING
Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility.
● Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors away when not in use.
Sun visors
Fig. 58 Sun visor
Options for adjusting driver and front passenger sun visors:
● Lower by unfolding towards the windscreen.
● The sun visor can be pulled out of its mounting and turned towards the
door.
● Swing the sun visor towards the door, longitudinally backwards.
Vanity mirror*
There may be a vanity mirror in the folded sun visor on the passenger side
and a cardholder in the driver sun visor.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
90 Lights and visibility
Heat-insulating glass windscreen
Fig. 59 Windscreen with reflective infrared and metal
coating and small window (red surface)
The heat-insulating windscreens include a reflective infrared coating. The
section above the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated (communication
window) to allow electric components from the accessories shop to operate
correctly ⇒ Fig. 59.
CAUTION
When the uncoated surface is covered or has a sticker on the interior or ex-
terior, malfunctions in the electronic components may occur. Never cover
the uncoated surface on the interior or exterior.
91Lights and visibility
Window wash/wipe system
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Air recirculation mode ⇒ page 164
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 197
WARNING
Water from the windscreen washer water bottle may freeze on the wind-
screen if it does not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing forward visibili-
ty.
● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer contains enough anti-freeze.
● In cold conditions, you should not use the wash / wipe system unless
you have warmed the windscreen with the ventilation system. The anti-
freeze could freeze on the windscreen and reduce visibility.
WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of acci-
dent and serious injury.
● Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean
the windscreen correctly.
CAUTION
In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the
glass before using the windscreen wipers for the first time. In cold weather,
it may help to leave the vehicle parked with the windscreen wipers in serv-
ice position ⇒ page 93.
Windscreen wiper lever
Fig. 60 Using the wind-
screen wipers
Fig. 61 Using the rear
window wipers
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
92 Lights and visibility
Move the lever to the required position ⇒ :
0
Windscreen wiper off.
1
Windscreen interval wipe.
2
Slow wipe.
3
Continuous wipe.
4
Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever down for more time to
increase the wipe frequency.
5
Automatic wipe for cleaning windscreens with the lever up.
6
Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper will clean the win-
dow approximately every 6 seconds.
7
Automatic wipe for cleaning rear windows with the lever
pressed.
CAUTION
If the ignition is switched off while the windscreen wipers are on, the wind-
screen wipers carry on wiping at the same level when the ignition is switch-
ed back on. Ice, snow and other obstacles may damage the windscreen wip-
er and the wiper motor.
● If necessary, remove snow and ice from the windscreen wipers before
starting your journey.
● Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wipers from the glass. SEAT recom-
mends a de-icer spray for this operation.
Note
The windscreen wipers will only work when the ignition is switched on.
Note
The interval wipe speed varies according to the vehicle speed. The faster
the vehicle is moving, the more often the windscreen is cleaned.
Note
The rear wiper is automatically switched on when the windscreen wiper is
connected and the vehicle is in reverse gear.
Windscreen wiper functions
Windscreen wiper performance in different situations:
If the vehicle is at a stand-
still:
The activated position provisionally changes
to the previous position.
For the interval wipe:
The intervals between wipes vary according
to the speed of the vehicle. The higher the
vehicle speed the shorter the intervals.
Note
The windscreen wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles that are on the
windscreen. The windscreen wiper will stop moving if the obstacle blocks its
path. Remove the obstacle and switch the windscreen wiper back on again.
93Lights and visibility
Windscreen wipers service position
Fig. 62 Windscreen wip-
ers in service position
The wiper arms can be raised when the wipers are in service position
⇒
Fig. 62. To place the windscreen wipers in the service position, proceed
as follows:
● The bonnet must be closed
⇒
page 180.
● Switch the ignition on and off.
● Press the windscreen wiper lever downwards briefly
⇒
Fig. 60
4
.
Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. When the ignition is switched
on, the windscreen wiper arms return to their initial position upon activating
the windscreen wiper lever.
Lifting and returning windscreen wiper arms
● Place the windscreen wiper arms in the service position
⇒
.
● Only hold the windscreen wiper arms at the point where the blade is
fixed.
CAUTION
● To prevent damage to the bonnet and the windscreen wiper arms, only
leave them in the service position.
● Before driving, always lower the windscreen wiper arms.
Checking and topping up the windscreen washer bottle
with water
Fig. 63 In the engine
compartment: wind-
screen washer bottle top
Check the water level in the windscreen washer bottle regularly and top up
as required.
● Open the bonnet ⇒ page 180.
● The washer bottle is marked with the symbol on the lid ⇒ Fig. 63.
● Check there is enough water in the bottle.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
94 Lights and visibility
● To top up, mix water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT ⇒
.
Please follow the instructions for use found on the packaging.
● In cold weather, a special antifreeze should also be added to prevent
the water from freezing ⇒
.
Bottle capacity
The washer bottle capacity is approximately. 3 litres.
WARNING
Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other similar products with the
windscreen washer water. A greasy layer may be formed on the wind-
screen which will impair visibility.
● Use clean water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT.
● If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to the water bottle.
CAUTION
● Do not mix cleaning products recommended by SEAT with other prod-
ucts. This could lead to flocculation and may block the windscreen washer
jets.
● When topping up service fluids, make absolutely certain that you fill the
fluids into the correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids could cause serious
malfunctions and engine damage!
95Lights and visibility
Rear vision mirror
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 134
Rear vision mirror
Fig. 64 Manual anti-daz-
zle function for rear vi-
sion mirror
The driver should always adjust the rear vision mirror to permit adequate
visibility through the rear window.
Manual anti-dazzle function for rear vision mirror
● Basic position: point the lever at the bottom of the mirror forwards.
● Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-dazzle function
⇒
Fig. 64.
Exterior mirrors
Fig. 65 In the front
doors: button to adjust
the mechanical exterior
rear vision mirror
Fig. 66 In the driver
door: rotary control for
the exterior electric mir-
rors
Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the adjust button
⇒
Fig. 65 or the
rotary control*
⇒
Fig. 66.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
96 Lights and visibility
Turn the rotary control ⇒ Fig. 66 to the required position:
Switch on the exterior mirror heating.
Adjust the left-hand exterior rear vision mirror by turning the
knob forwards, backwards, to the left or to the right.
Zero position. Exterior mirror heating switched off, it is not
possible to adjust the exterior mirrors.
Adjust the right-hand exterior rear vision mirror by turning the
knob forwards, backwards, to the left or to the right.
Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning them to their original position
is possible through a mechanical system. Carefully fold the exterior rear vi-
sion mirror casing towards the side window or pull it away from the window
until it clicks into place.
WARNING
Fold and unfold the exterior rear vision mirror, taking care to avoid inju-
ries.
● Only fold or unfold the exterior rear vision mirror when there is no-
one in the way of the mirror.
● When moving the rear vision mirror, take care not to trap fingers be-
tween the mirror and the mirror bracket.
WARNING
Failure to correctly estimate the distance of the vehicle behind could lead
to serious accident.
● Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors increase the field of vision, how-
ever objects appear smaller and further away in the mirrors.
● The use of these mirrors to estimate the distance to the next vehicle
when changing lane is imprecise and could result in serious accident.
WARNING (Continued)
● If possible, use the rear vision mirror to estimate distances to vehi-
cles behind you or in other circumstances.
● Make sure that the rear visibility is adequate.
For the sake of the environment
The exterior mirror heating should be switched off when it is no longer nee-
ded. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel consumption.
Note
In the event of faults, the electric exterior mirrors can be adjusted manually
by pressing the edge of the mirror surface.
97Transporting
Transporting
Driving tips
Introduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the
seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carry-
ing capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have ef-
fects on the driving behaviour and braking ability ⇒
.
Additional information and warnings:
● Rear lid ⇒ page 40
● To lower the front passenger seat backrest ⇒ page 55
● Light ⇒ page 84
● Luggage compartment ⇒ page 100
● Roof carrier ⇒ page 104
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 210
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case
of a sudden manoeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is es-
pecially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired
through the vehicle interior. To reduce the risks, please note the follow-
ing:
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy
objects in the luggage compartment.
WARNING (Continued)
● Always secure objects with suitable rope or slings so that they cannot
enter the deployment areas around the frontal or side airbags in case of
sudden braking or an accident.
● Always ensure that objects inside the vehicle cannot move into the
deployment area of the bags while driving.
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
● Remove all objects from the front passenger seat when this is fol-
lowed down. When the seat backrest is folded down, it presses on small
and light objects and these are detected by the weight sensor on the
seat; this sends false information to the airbag control unit.
● While the backrest of the front passenger seat is folded, the frontal
airbag must remain disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
light on.
● Objects secured in the vehicle should never be placed in such a way
as to make passengers sit in an incorrect position.
● If secured objects occupy a seat then this should not be occupied or
used by anybody.
WARNING
The driving behaviour and braking ability change when transporting
heavy and large objects.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
● Accelerate gently and carefully.
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● Brake early.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
98 Transporting
Transporting a load
Secure all objects in the vehicle
● Distribute the load throughout the vehicle and on the roof as uniformly
as possible.
● Transport heavy objects as far forward as possible in the luggage com-
partment and lock the seat backs in the vertical position.
● Check the headlight adjustment ⇒ page 84.
● Use the suitable tyre pressure according to the load being transported.
Read the tire pressure information label ⇒ page 210.
CAUTION
Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in
the heated rear window and cause damage.
Note
Please refer to the notes on loading the roof carrier ⇒ page 104.
Driving with the rear lid open
Driving with the rear lid open creates an additional risk. Secure all objects
and secure the rear lid correctly and take all measures possible to reduce
toxic gases from entering the vehicle.
WARNING
Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open could cause serious injuries.
● Always drive with the rear lid closed.
WARNING (Continued)
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose items could fall out of the ve-
hicle and injure other road users or damage other vehicles.
● Drive particularly carefully and think ahead.
● Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking given that this could cause an
uncontrolled movement of the open rear lid.
● When transporting objects that protrude out of the luggage compart-
ment, indicate them suitably. Observe legal requirements.
● If objects must project out of the luggage compartment, the rear lid
must never be used to “secure” or “attach” objects.
● If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it should be removed before
travelling with the rear lid open.
WARNING
Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior when the rear lid is open. This
could cause loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poisoning, serious
injury and accidents.
● To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle always drive with the rear lid
closed.
● In exceptional circumstances, if you must drive with the rear lid open,
observe the following to reduce the entry of toxic gases inside the vehi-
cle:
– Close all windows.
– Disable air recirculation mode.
– Open all of the air outlets on the instrument panel.
– Switch on the blower to maximum.
CAUTION
An open rear lid changes the length and height of the vehicle.
99Transporting
Driving a loaded vehicle
For the best handling when driving a loaded vehicle, note the following:
● Secure all objects ⇒ page 98.
● Accelerate gently and carefully.
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● Brake early.
● If necessary, read the instructions for driving with a roof carrier system
⇒ page 104.
WARNING
A sliding load could considerably affect the stability and safety of the ve-
hicle resulting in an accident with serious consequences.
● Secure loads correctly so they do not move.
● When transporting heavy objects, use suitable ropes or straps.
● Lock the seat backs in vertical position.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
100 Transporting
Loading luggage compartment
Introduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the
seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carry-
ing capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have ef-
fects on the driving behaviour and braking ability ⇒
.
Additional information and warnings:
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Light ⇒ page 84
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 210
WARNING
When the vehicle is not in use or being watched, always lock the doors
and the rear lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
● Do not leave children unwatched, especially when the rear lid is open.
Children could climb into the luggage compartment, close the rear lid
from inside and be unable to escape themselves. This could lead to seri-
ous injury or death.
● Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle.
● Never transport people in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case
of a sudden manoeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is es-
pecially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired
through the vehicle interior. To reduce the risks, please note the follow-
ing:
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy
objects in the luggage compartment.
● Always secure objects with suitable rope or straps so that they can-
not enter the deployment areas around the frontal or side airbags in case
of sudden braking or an accident.
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
● Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects inside the interior, in open
storage compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash panel.
● Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from clothes and pockets in-
side the vehicle and store securely.
WARNING
The transport of heavy object changes vehicle handling and increases
braking distance. Heavy loads that have not been stored or secured cor-
rectly could cause loss of control and result in serious injury.
● The vehicle handling changes when transporting heavy objects due
to a change in the centre of gravity.
● Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as
possible.
● Store heavy objects in the luggage compartment as far from the rear
axle as possible.
CAUTION
Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating
element in the heated rear window and cause damage.
101Transporting
Note
The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf
must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.
Folding and lifting up the rear seat bench backrest
Fig. 67 Rear seat: unlock
button
A
; red marking
B
The rear seat backrest can be folded forward to extend the luggage com-
partment.
Folding the rear seat backrest forwards
● Push the head restraint down as far as it will go or remove it if necessary
⇒
page 48 and store it in a safe place.
● Pull the unlock switch
⇒
Fig. 67
A
forwards whilst simultaneously lift-
ing the rear seat backrest.
● The rear seat backrest is not engaged when the red marking of the but-
ton
B
is visible.
● If the rear seat backrest is folded, people (including children) are not
permitted to travel in the rear folded seats.
Folding up the rear seat backrest
● Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and push it firmly into the lock un-
til it clicks securely into place ⇒
.
● The red marking on the unlock button
B
must not be seen.
● Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat is securely locked in posi-
tion so that the seat belts can provide proper protection in the rear seats.
● If necessary, install and adjust the head restraints again ⇒ page 48.
WARNING
Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear seats carelessly without pay-
ing attention could cause serious injury.
● Never fold or lift the seats while driving.
● Do no trap or damage seat belts when raising the backrest.
● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the range of the
rear seat backrests when folding and lifting them.
● All backrests must engage correctly for the seat belts on the rear
seats to work properly. When the backrest of an occupied seat is not cor-
rectly locked in place, the passenger can be thrust forward with the rear
seat backrest in case of sudden braking, sudden manoeuvres or an acci-
dent.
● A red signal on the button
B
warns that the backrest is not engaged.
Always check that the red marking is not visible when the backrest of the
rear seat is in the upright position.
● No seat must be occupied if the backrest of the rear seat is folded or
not correctly engaged.
CAUTION
Before folding the backrest of the rear seat, adjust the front seats so that
the head restraint or backrest do not hit them when it is folded. If necessary,
remove the head restraints ⇒ page 48 and store them safely.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
102 Transporting
Rear shelf*
Fig. 68 In the luggage
compartment: removing
and installing the rear
shelf
You may put light items of clothing on the rear shelf. Check that the rear
view is not limited.
Lifting up the rear shelf
Lift up the rear shelf and secure it into the side locks
⇒
Fig. 68
1
. Check
that it is correctly engaged. To lower the rear shelf, press it until it is re-
leased from the locks.
Removing the shelf
Pull the rear shelf upwards, removing it from the side supports
2
.
Lifting up the rear shelf
Press the rear shelf downwards into the side supports
2
.
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or animals on the rear shelf
could cause serious injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking or
even an accident.
● Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects (loose or in bags) on the
rear shelf.
● Never transport animals on the rear shelf.
● Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Always lower it or remove it be-
fore the journey.
CAUTION
To prevent the rear shelf from being damaged:
● Always check that the rear shelf is firmly engaged into the side supports.
● Regulate the height of the load in the luggage compartment to ensure
the rear shelf does not press down on the load with the rear lid closed.
Fastening rings*
In the front part of the luggage compartment, there may be fastening rings
to secure the luggage.
In order to use the fastening rings, they must be lifted beforehand.
103Transporting
WARNING
If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining straps are used, they could
break in the event of braking or an accident. Objects could then be
launched across the passenger compartment and cause serious or fatal
injuries.
● It is important to always use belts or retaining straps that are suita-
ble and in a good condition.
● Belts and retaining straps should be securely fastened to the fasten-
ing rings.
● Objects in the luggage compartment that are unsecured could move
suddenly and modify the handling of the vehicle.
● Small and light objects must also be secured.
● The maximum tensile load of the fastening ring for securing objects
should never be exceeded.
● A child seat should never be secured with the fastening rings.
Note
● The maximum tensile load that the fastening rings can support is 3.5
kN.
● Belts and securing systems for the appropriate load can be obtained
from specialised dealerships. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership
for this.
Retaining hooks
Fig. 69 In the luggage
compartment: retaining
hooks
There may be hooks in the upper left and right part of the luggage compart-
ment.
WARNING
Never use these hooks to secure objects. In case of sudden braking or an
accident, the hooks could rupture.
CAUTION
The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg individually.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
104 Transporting
Roof carrier system
Introduction
The vehicle roof has been designed to optimise aerodynamics. For this rea-
son, conventional roof carrier systems cannot be secured to the water
drains.
Given that the water drains have been incorporated into the roof for aerody-
namic reasons, only the SEAT approved basic supports and roof carrier sys-
tems can be used.
When the roof carrier system should be removed:
● When it is not being used.
● When the vehicle is being washed in a car wash.
● When the vehicle height exceeds the maximum height, for example, in a
garage.
Additional information and warnings:
● Light ⇒ page 84
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Ecological driving ⇒ page 144
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 210
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
The risk of an accident is increased by transporting heavy or bulky loads
on the roof, which affects the vehicle's handling by shifting the centre of
gravity and increasing susceptibility to cross winds.
● Always secure loads correctly with suitable and undamaged attach-
ment rope or straps.
● Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively affect the vehicle aerody-
namics, centre of gravity and handling.
● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden braking.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
CAUTION
● Always remove the roof carrier system from the roof before entering a car
wash.
● The height of your vehicle is changed by the installation of the roof carri-
er and the load secured on it. Compare the vehicle height with the passage
height, for example in underground car parks or entering garage doors.
● The roof antenna and the range of the rear lid should not be affected by
the roof carrier system and the load being transported.
● Take extra care not to let the rear lid strike the roof load when opening.
For the sake of the environment
The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof carrier system is fitted.
105Transporting
Securing the base supports and roof carrier system
Fig. 70 Attachment
points for the basic sup-
port and the roof carrier
system
The mounts are the basis of a complete roof carrier system. Special fixtures
must then be added in order to safely transport luggage, bicycles, skis, surf
boards or boats on the roof. The suitable accessories can be acquired at
SEAT dealerships.
Securing the base supports and roof carrier system
The roof carrier system must always be installed exactly according to the in-
structions provided.
The front attachment opening can be found in the lower part of the sides of
the roof and are fixed with plastic bolts ⇒ Fig. 70 (left magnified image).
The openings can only be seen with the door open. The markings for attach-
ment in the lower part are found in the upper part of the rear side windows
⇒ Fig. 70 (right magnified image).
The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the dia-
gram.
WARNING
If the base supports and the roof carrier system are incorrectly fitted or
used in an unsuitable manner, the entire system could break free causing
accident and injury.
● Always take the manufacturer assembly instructions into account.
● Only use base supports and roof carrier systems that are not dam-
aged and are correctly fitted.
● The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the
diagram ⇒ Fig. 70.
● Secure the base supports and roof carrier system correctly.
● Check the screw fittings and attachments before driving and after a
short distance. During each long journey, check the attachments during
every break.
● Always fit the roof carrier system correctly for wheels, skis and surf-
boards, etc.
● Never change or repair the basic supports or roof carrier system.
Note
Read and take into account the instructions included with the roof carrier
system fitted and keep them in the vehicle.
Loading the roof carrier system
Loads can only be correctly secured when the roof carrier system is correctly
fitted
⇒
.
Maximum authorised roof load
The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg. The roof load includes the
weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and the load being
transported
⇒
.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
106 Transporting
Always check the weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and
the weight of the load to be transported and, if necessary, weigh them. Nev-
er exceed the maximum authorised roof load.
If you are using a roof carrier with a lower weight rating, you cannot trans-
port the maximum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum weight limit for
the roof carrier given in the fitting instructions.
Distributing a load
Uniformly distribute loads and secure them correctly ⇒
.
Check attachments
After fitting the base supports and the roof carrier system, always check the
attachments after a short trip or at regular intervals.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load can result in accidents
and/or vehicle damage.
● Always respect the maximum authorised weight for the roof, the max-
imum authorised weight on the axles and the total maximum authorised
weight of the vehicle.
● Never exceed the capacity of the roof carrier system even if this is
less than the maximum authorised roof load.
● Secure heavy objects towards the front and distribute the load even-
ly.
WARNING
Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall from the roof carrier system
causing accidents and injury.
● Always use suitable ropes and straps in good condition.
● Always secure loads correctly.
107Transporting
Trailer coupling
Information about trailer coupling
The vehicle is not certified for trailer coupling. The vehicle is not equipped
in the manufacture with a towing bracket, nor is it possible to retrofit a tow-
ing bracket.
WARNING
Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle may cause accidents and seri-
ous injuries while operating the vehicle.
● Never install a towing bracket on the vehicle.
● The trailer may be released from the vehicle when the vehicle is mov-
ing.
CAUTION
Any type of towing bracket installed on the vehicle can cause serious and
costly damage that are not covered under the SEAT guarantee.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
108 Practical equipment
Practical equipment
Storage compartments
Introduction
Storage compartments must only be used to store light or small objects.
Additional information and warnings:
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 205
● ⇒ Booklet Radio system
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be
thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to
passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not transport animals or place hard, heavy or sharp objects in the
interior of the vehicle in: open storage compartments, dash panel, stor-
age tray, items of clothing or bags.
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals.
This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the
risk of a serious accident.
● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling
underneath them.
● The floor mat should always be secured to the floor.
WARNING (Continued)
● Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by
the factory.
● Make sure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the
vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
● Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating ele-
ment in the heated rear window and cause damage.
● Do not keep temperature-sensitive objects, food or medicines inside the
vehicle. Heat and cold could damage them or render them useless.
● Light-transparent objects placed inside the vehicle, such as lenses,
magnifying glasses or transparent suction caps on the windows, could con-
centrate the sun's rays and cause damage to the vehicle.
Note
The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf
must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.
109Practical equipment
Storage compartment on the driver side
Fig. 71 On the driver
side: storage compart-
ment
There may be a storage compartment on the driver side.
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be
thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to
passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not leave animal or objects of a material that is hard, heavy or
sharp in the open storage compartment.
Compartment on the centre console
Fig. 72 In the front part
of the centre console:
storage compartment
The storage compartment
⇒
Fig. 72 may be used as a drink holder
⇒
page 113 or as an ashtray*
⇒
page 115 or to store small objects.
Note
A 12 volt electrical socket ⇒ page 118 can be found in the storage compart-
ment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
110 Practical equipment
Storage compartment with cover on the passenger side*
Fig. 73 Storage compartment with cover on the pas-
senger side
There may be a storage compartment with cover on the passenger side.
Opening and closing the storage compartment cover
Pull the lever to open ⇒ Fig. 73
1
.
To close, press the cover upwards until it clicks into place.
Sunglasses storage compartment.
Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger side storage compartment.
The sunglasses storage compartment is in the upper area of the storage
compartment
2
.
Supports
Next to the sunglasses storage compartment is a notebook holder
3
and in
the interior of the storage compartment there is a pen holder
4
, a map
storage area and a purse
5
.
WARNING
The risk of serious injuries in the event of an accident during a sudden
braking manoeuvre or turn is increased if the storage compartment is left
open.
● Keep the storage compartment closed while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
For structural reasons, some model versions will have gaps behind the
glove compartment into which small objects may fall. This could lead to
strange noises and damage to the vehicle. Therefore, do not store small ob-
jects in the storage compartment, apart from those stored in the spaces
provided.
111Practical equipment
Open storage compartment on the passenger side*
Fig. 74 Open storage
compartment on the pas-
senger side
There may be an open storage compartment on the passenger side.
Support
In the open storage compartment there is a hook for bags ⇒ Fig. 74
1
.
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be
thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to
passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not leave animal or objects of a material that is hard, heavy or
sharp in the open storage compartment.
Storage compartment in the back of the centre console
Fig. 75 In the back part
of the centre console:
storage compartment
The drink holder in the back part of the centre console
⇒
page 113 can be
used as a storage compartment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
112 Practical equipment
Other storage compartments
Fig. 76 In front of the
rear seats: storage com-
partment
Fig. 77 In the centre pil-
lars: coat hooks
Coat hooks
In the centre pillars there are coat hooks
⇒
Fig. 77 (arrow).
Other storage compartments:
● In the front door trims ⇒ page 9.
● In front of the rear seats ⇒ Fig. 76.
● Rear shelf for light items of clothing*.
● Bag hook in the luggage compartment ⇒ page 100.
● In the upper part of the centre console, in place of the radio ⇒ Fig. 6
5
.
WARNING
Clothing hung on the coat hooks could restrict the driver's view and lead
to serious accidents.
● Hang the clothes from the hooks so that driver's view is not restric-
ted.
● The coat hook is suitable for light items of clothing. Never place
heavy, hard or sharp objects in the bags.
113Practical equipment
Drink holders
Introduction
Drink holders
The drink holders are in the open storage compartments in the driver and
passenger doors.
Additional information and warnings:
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 205
WARNING
Improper use of the drink holders can cause injury.
● Do not place containers with hot drinks in a drink holder. During sud-
den braking or driving manoeuvres, the hot drink could be spilled and
lead to scalding.
● Ensure that bottles and other object is dropped in the driver footwell,
as it could get under the pedals and obstruct their working.
● Never place heavy containers, food or other heavy objects in the drink
holder. In the event of an accident, these heavy objects could be thrown
around the interior and cause serious injuries.
WARNING
Closed bottles inside the vehicle could explode or crack due to the heat
or the cold.
● Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if the inside temperature is
too high or too low.
CAUTION
Do not leave open drinks containers in the drink holders when the vehicle is
in motion. They could spill during braking, for example, and cause damage
to the vehicle and the electrical system.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
114 Practical equipment
Centre console drink holders
Fig. 78 In the front part
of the centre console:
drink holder
Fig. 79 In the back part
of the centre console:
drink holder
There are drink holders in the front and rear parts of the centre console.
Securing the drink container in the front drink holder
Fold the drink holder ⇒ Fig. 78 forward.
Place the drink container in the drink holder so that it surrounds it securely.
115Practical equipment
Ashtray and Lighter
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Power socket ⇒ page 117
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Undue use of the ashtray and cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns
and other serious injuries.
● Never put paper or other flammable objects in the ashtray.
Ashtray*
Fig. 80 In the front part
of the centre console:
Opening the ashtray
Opening and closing the ashtray
To open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direction of the arrow ⇒ Fig. 80.
To close, push the ashtray lid down.
Emptying the ashtray
● Remove the ashtray from the storage compartment lifting it up.
● After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the drink holder from above.
Cigarette lighter*
Fig. 81 In the front part
of the centre console:
lighter
● Push the button on the cigarette lighter inwards with the ignition on
⇒
Fig. 81.
● Wait for the cigarette lighter to pop out slightly.
● Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the cigarette on the glowing coil
⇒
.
● Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
116 Practical equipment
WARNING
Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns and other se-
rious injuries.
● The cigarette lighter must only be used to light cigarettes or similar.
● Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The cigarette lighter
can be used when the ignition is switched on.
Note
The cigarette lighter can also be used with the 12 Volt socket.
117Practical equipment
Electrical power socket*
Introduction
Electrical equipment can be connected to the socket in the vehicle.
Connected equipment must be in perfect condition and show no signs of
faults.
Additional information and warnings:
● Cigarette lighter ⇒ page 115
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Improper use of the socket or electrical devices could lead to a fire and
cause serious injuries.
● Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The socket and
equipment connected to it can be used when the ignition is switched on.
● Should a connected electrical device overheat, switch it off and un-
plug it immediately.
CAUTION
● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electrical system, never connect equip-
ment that generates electrical current, such as solar panels or battery charg-
ers, to the 12 Volt sockets in order to charge the vehicle's battery.
● Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility ac-
cording to current regulations.
● To avoid damage due to voltage variations, switch off all appliances con-
nected to the 12 V socket before switching the ignition on or off and before
starting the engine.
● Never connect an appliance to the 12 Volt socket that consumes more
than the power indicated in watts. Exceeding the maximum power absorp-
tion could damage the vehicle's electrical system.
For the sake of the environment
Do not leave the engine running when the vehicle is at a standstill.
Note
Using electrical appliances with the engine stopped and the ignition switch-
ed on will drain the battery.
Note
Unshielded equipment can cause interference on the radio system equip-
ment and the vehicle's electrical system.
Note
If electrical equipment is used near an aerial, you may observe interference
in the reception of AM stations.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
118 Practical equipment
Vehicle socket
Fig. 82 Front centre con-
sole: 12 Volt socket in
the storage compartment
Maximum power consumption
Socket Maximum power consumption
12 Volts 120 Watts
The maximum capacity of the socket must not be exceeded. The power con-
sumption is indicated on the rating plate of each appliance.
Where 2 or more appliances are connected at the same time, the total rating
of all the connected devices must never exceed 190 Watts
⇒
.
12 volt socket
The 12 volt socket is found in the storage compartment in the front part of
the centre console
⇒
Fig. 82 and only functions when the ignition is switch-
ed on.
Using electrical appliances with the engine stopped and the ignition switch-
ed on will drain the battery. Therefore, electrical consumers connected to
the socket must only be used when the engine is running.
To prevent voltage variations from causing damage, switch off the electrical
consumer connected to the 12 Volt socket before switching the ignition on
or off and before starting the engine.
CAUTION
● Always follow the operating instructions for the appliances to be con-
nected!
● Never exceed the maximum power rating as this could damage the vehi-
cle's general electrical system.
● 12 volt socket:
– Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility ac-
cording to current regulations.
– Never power the socket.
119Starting, changing gears, parking
While driving
Starting, changing gears, parking
Stopping and starting the engine
Introduction
Immobilizer display
When an invalid key is used or in the event of a system fault, is dis-
played on the instrument panel. The engine cannot be started.
Pushing or towing
For technical reasons, the vehicle must not be push- or tow-started. Jump
starting is preferable.
Additional information and warnings:
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Changing gear ⇒ page 124
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 134
● Steering ⇒ page 147
● Refuelling ⇒ page 171
● Fuel ⇒ page 177
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 243
● Jump starting ⇒ page 273
● Tow-starting and towing away ⇒ page 276
WARNING
Switching off the engine while driving makes stopping the vehicle diffi-
cult. As a consequence you may lose control of the vehicle and there is a
risk of serious accident.
● The assisted braking and steering systems, the airbag system, safety
belts and certain safety equipment are only active while the engine is
running.
● The engine should only be switched off when the vehicle is at a
standstill.
WARNING
While the engine is running or starting it could help reduce the risk of se-
rious injury.
● Never start or leave the engine running in poorly ventilated or closed
spaces. Exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, colourless and
odourless gas. Carbon monoxide can cause people to lose conscious-
ness. It can also cause death.
● Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehi-
cle could move off suddenly or something unexpected could happen re-
sulting in damage and serious injury.
● Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays could explode or increase
the engine speed unexpectedly.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
120 Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled
fuel, dried grass, etc).
● Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the ex-
haust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust sys-
tem.
Ignition lock
Fig. 83 Vehicle key positions
Vehicle keys ⇒ Fig. 83
No key in the ignition lock: The steering lock may be activated.
0
Ignition switched off. Key can be removed from the vehicle.
1
Ignition is switched on. The steering lock can be unlocked.
2
Switch on the engine. Release the key when the engine has star-
ted. When it is released, the key returns to position
1
.
Key not authorised for the vehicle
If a key which is not authorised for this vehicle is inserted in the ignition
lock, it can be removed as follows:
● Automatic gearbox: the key cannot be removed from the ignition lock.
Press and release the selector lever locking button. Key can be removed
from the vehicle.
● Manual gearbox: Remove the key from the ignition.
121Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key could result in serious in-
jury.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The
engine could accidentally be started and electrical equipment such as
the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the
year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even
death, particularly for young children.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
Note
● If the key is left in the ignition lock with the engine off for long periods,
the vehicle battery will run flat.
● For automatic gearbox vehicles the key can only be removed from the ig-
nition lock if the gear selector lever is in position P. In this case, press and
release the selector lever locking button.
Starting the engine
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
1.
Press the brake pedal and keep pressed until step 5 has been
completed.
1 a.
In vehicles with a manual gearbox: Press the clutch pedal all
the way and keep pressed until the engine starts.
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
2.
Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the selector lever in posi-
tion P or N.
3.
Turn the key in the ignition lock to position ⇒ Fig. 83
2
; do
not press the accelerator.
4.
When the engine has started, release the key in the ignition
lock.
5.
If the engine does not start, stop the process and try again af-
ter one minute.
6.
Release the handbrake when you want to begin driving
⇒ page 134.
WARNING
Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehicle
could move off suddenly, especially if it is in gear, resulting in an acci-
dent and serious injury.
WARNING
Cold start sprays could explode or cause a sudden increase in the engine
speed.
● Never use start boosters.
CAUTION
● An attempt to start the engine while driving or starting the engine imme-
diately after turning it off can cause damage to the engine or starter motor.
● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do
not make the engine work hard.
● Do not push or tow start the engine. Sunburnt fuel could damage the
catalytic converter.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
122 Starting, changing gears, parking
For the sake of the environment
Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start driving immediately if the visi-
bility is OK. This helps the engine reach operating temperature faster and
reduces emissions.
Note
Electrical components with a high power consumption are switched off tem-
porarily when the engine starts.
Note
When the engine is started cold, there may be strong vibrations for a few
moments for technical reasons. This is quite normal, and no cause for con-
cern.
Note
Natural gas engines always start up with petrol, as a certain operating tem-
perature is required for running with gas. Once the required operating tem-
perature is reached, the engine will change to operate with natural gas.
Stopping the engine
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
1. Stopping the vehicle completely ⇒ .
2.
Press the brake pedal and keep pressed until step 4 has been
completed.
3. In automatic gearboxes, put the selector lever in position P
4. Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 134.
5. Turn the key in the ignition lock to position ⇒ Fig. 83
0
.
6. With a manual gearbox, put the vehicle in first or reverse gear.
WARNING
Never switch off the engine while the vehicle is moving. You may lose
control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.
● The airbags and belt tensioners do not work when the ignition is
switched off.
● The brake servo does not work when the engine is not running. To
stop, the brake pedal must be pressed with more force.
● As the power steering does not work if the engine is not running, you
will need more strength to steer than normally.
● If the key is removed from the ignition, the steering may lock and it
will not be possible to steer the vehicle.
CAUTION
If the engine has been driven at high speed for a prolonged period of time,
it may overheat when turned off. To avoid engine damage, allow the engine
to run for approximately 2 minutes in neutral before switching it off.
Note
● In vehicles with automatic gearbox, the key can only be removed when
the selector lever is in position P.
● After stopping the engine, the engine compartment fan may continue
running for a few minutes, even when the ignition has been switched off or
the key removed. The radiator fan is automatically switched off.
Electronic immobilizer
The gear lock prevents the engine from being started with an unauthorised
key and the vehicle being moved.
The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It automatically deactivates the immobil-
izer when the key is inserted into the ignition lock.
123Starting, changing gears, parking
The electronic immobilizer will be activated again automatically as soon as
you remove the key from the ignition lock.
For this reason, the vehicle can only be used with a genuine SEAT key with
the correct code. Coded keys can be obtained from SEAT dealerships
⇒ page 28.
If an unauthorised key is used, the signal appears on the instrument
panel display. The vehicle cannot be started in this case.
Note
The correct operation of the vehicle is only guaranteed when original SEAT
keys are used.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
124 Starting, changing gears, parking
Changing gear
Introduction
When reverse gear is engaged and the ignition is switched on the following
takes place:
● Reverse lights light up.
● The rear wiper blade performs one movement when the windscreen wip-
er is activated.
● If necessary, connect the parking distance warning system.
Additional information and warnings:
● Detail of the centre console ⇒ page 12
● Instruments ⇒ page 17
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 134
● Parking distance warning system ⇒ page 149
● Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system
⇒ page 236
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 243
WARNING
Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction and skidding, especially on
slippery ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident and considerable damage.
● Use rapid acceleration only when visibility, weather, road conditions
and traffic permit.
WARNING
Do not allow the brakes to “rub” for a prolonged period of time, or press
the brake pedal frequently or for long periods of time. Continuous brak-
ing heats up the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power,
increase braking distance or even result in the total failure of the brake
system.
CAUTION
● Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing the pedal gently, if it is not
really necessary to brake. This will increase wear.
● Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long
slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the
strain on the brake system. Otherwise, the brakes may overheat and fail.
Only use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.
125Starting, changing gears, parking
Warning and control lamps
If lit up Possible cause Solution
(red)
Fault in the automatic gear-
box.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice. Fail-
ure to do so could result in
considerable damage to the
transmission ⇒ page 132.
(yellow)
In the automatic gearbox
the gears can engage incor-
rectly.
Switch the ignition on and off.
When the control lamp does
not light up, find the nearest
specialised workshop and
have the automatic gearbox
checked.
The automatic gearbox
overheats temporarily.
Let the transmission cool with
the gearbox lever in the posi-
tion . When the control lamp
does not light up, find the
nearest specialised workshop
and have the automatic gear-
box checked.
If lit up Possible cause Solution
Place the automatic gear-
box lever in the position
and do not press the brake
pedal.
Press the brake pedal to select
a gear range.
Together with the yellow
control lamp for the temper-
ature of the transmission
: the automatic gearbox
overheats.
Press brake pedal and let the
transmission cool. Avoid
pressing the accelerator.
When the control lamp does
not light up, find the nearest
specialised workshop and
have the automatic gearbox
checked.
Together with the turn sig-
nal display in the instru-
ment panel display: the au-
tomatic gearbox lever is not
in the position , indication
to start the engine.
Move the gearbox lever to the
position and start the en-
gine.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
126 Starting, changing gears, parking
If
flash-
ing
Possible cause Solution
An automatic gearbox in the
vehicle does not guarantee
that the vehicle will not roll
away.
Apply the handbrake.
In the instrument panel dis-
play, in addition to the control
lamp requesting the brake
pedal to be pressed : Indica-
tion to start the engine.
Move the gearbox lever to the po-
sition and start the engine.
On the instrument panel dis-
play: Whilst driving in a for-
ward direction, try to move the
automatic gearbox lever to the
position .
Stop the vehicle and move the
gearbox lever to the position in
order to subsequently change to
the position .
On the instrument panel dis-
play: The automatic gearbox
lever was placed in the posi-
tion or , but the brake pedal
was not pressed.
Press the brake pedal, move the
gearbox lever to the position ,
and subsequently to the required
position or .
When switching on the ignition some warning and control lamps light up for
a short time to check the operations. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
127Starting, changing gears, parking
Pedals
Fig. 84 Pedals in vehi-
cles with a manual gear-
box:
1
accelerator;
2
brake;
3
clutch
Fig. 85 Pedals in vehi-
cles with an automatic
gearbox:
1
accelerator;
2
brake
Do not allow floor mats or other objects to obstruct the free passage of the
pedals.
Floor mats should leave the pedal area vacant and unobstructed and be cor-
rectly secured in the footwell zone.
In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the brake pedal must be pressed
harder than normal to brake the vehicle.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals.
This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the
risk of a serious accident.
● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling
underneath them.
● Always secure the mat in the footwell.
● Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by
the factory.
● Ensure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the ve-
hicle is in motion.
CAUTION
The pedals must always have free and unobstructed passage to the floor.
For example, in case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake pedal will need
to be pressed further to stop the vehicle. To press the brake pedal down fur-
ther will require more force than usual.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
128 Starting, changing gears, parking
Manual gearbox: Engaging gears
Fig. 86 Gear shift pat-
tern of a 5-speed manual
gearbox
The position of each of the gears is shown on the gear stick
⇒
Fig. 86.
● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down.
● Move the gearbox lever to the required position
⇒
.
● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
In some countries, it is necessary to press the clutch pedal to the floor to
start the engine.
Selecting reverse gear
● Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle is stopped.
● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down
⇒
.
● Move the gear lever into the neutral position.
● Move the gear stick to the right and then backwards to reverse gear
R
.
● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
Shifting down a gear
Shifting down a gear while driving must be carried out gear by gear, i.e. to
the gear immediately preceding the current gear and at an engine speed
that is not excessive ⇒
. At high speeds, or high engine speeds, skipping
one or various gears when shifting down a gear can cause damage to the
clutch and the gearbox, even if the clutch is not engaged during the process
⇒
.
WARNING
When the engine is running, the vehicle will start to move as soon as a
gear is engaged and the clutch released.
● Never engage the reverse gear when a vehicle is moving forward.
WARNING
As a consequence of shifting down a gear incorrectly, you may lose con-
trol of the vehicle and cause an accident with serious consequences.
CAUTION
If, at high speeds or high engine speeds the gear lever is shifted down to a
gear that is too low, serious damage can be caused to the clutch and gear-
box. This also applies if you press the clutch pedal and it does not engage.
CAUTION
To prevent damage and avoid premature wear, please observe the follow-
ing:
● While driving, do not leave your hand resting on the gear stick. The pres-
sure applied by your hand is transmitted to the gearbox selector forks.
● Always ensure that the vehicle is completely stopped before engaging
the reverse gear.
129Starting, changing gears, parking
● When changing gear, always make sure the clutch pedal is pushed right
to the floor.
● Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” on hills.
Automatic gearbox: engaging a gear
Fig. 87 Automatic gear-
box selector lever
Fig. 88 Automatic gear-
box diagram of gears
To move the gear selector lever from the position N to D or to R, first press
and hold the brake pedal.
In the instrument panel display, with the ignition switched on, the selected
gear range or the gear engaged in the gearbox is shown.
Selector lever
positions
Denomination Meaning ⇒
Reverse gear
Reverse gear is selected. Engage only
when the vehicle is stopped.
Neutral
The gear box is in neutral. No movement
is transmitted to the wheels and the en-
gine does not act as a brake.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
130 Starting, changing gears, parking
Selector lever
positions
Denomination Meaning ⇒
Standard driving
position
The gears are changed (up and down)
automatically. The gear shifts are deter-
mined by the engine load, your individ-
ual driving style and the speed of the
vehicle.
Tiptronic driving
position (manual
shift programme)
All gears can be changed (up and down)
manually ⇒ page 130. This is possible
as long as the system is not changing
gear automatically due to a traffic situa-
tion.
WARNING
Placing the selector lever in an incorrect position may cause loss of con-
trol of the vehicle and a serious accident.
● Do not press the accelerator when engaging a range of gears.
● With the engine running and a gear range selected, the vehicle will
move off when the brake pedal is released.
● Never engage reverse gear while driving.
● Unintentional movements of the vehicle could cause serious injury.
● As a driver, you should never leave your vehicle if the engine is run-
ning and a gear range is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle while
the engine is running, you must always apply the handbrake and put the
selector lever in position N.
● Never engage the R gear range when the vehicle is moving.
● Never leave the vehicle without applying the handbrake. With the en-
gine running the vehicle moves downhill regardless of the gear range se-
lected.
Note
If, while driving, the selector lever is accidentally placed in position N, lift
your foot off the accelerator. Wait until the engine is running at idle speed
before selecting a new gear range.
Engaging gear with Tiptronic
Fig. 89 Lever in the Tip-
tronic position
With Tiptronic, the gears can be changed up or down manually with the au-
tomatic gearbox. When you change to the Tiptronic programme, the vehicle
remains in the currently selected gear. This is possible as long as the sys-
tem is not changing gear automatically due to a traffic situation.
131Starting, changing gears, parking
Using Tiptronic
● Place the lever in the position D to the left on the Tiptronic shift gate M
⇒
in Automatic gearbox: engaging a gear on page 130.
● Press the lever forwards
+
or backwards
–
to move up or down a gear
⇒ Fig. 89.
● Place the lever back to the position M to the left on the Tiptronic shift
gate, to leave Tiptronic mode ⇒
in Automatic gearbox: engaging a gear
on page 130.
With the lever in the position D, and pressing forwards
+
or backwards
–
the Tiptronic programme can be selected M.
CAUTION
● When accelerating, the gearbox automatically shifts up into the next
gear shortly before the maximum engine speed is reached.
● When reducing speed manually, the gear box only shifts gear when the
engine can no longer exceed the maximum engine speed.
Driving with an automatic gearbox
The gearbox changes up or down gears automatically as the vehicle moves.
Driving down hills
The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear you will need to select. The low-
est gears increase the engine braking work. Never go down hills with the se-
lector lever in neutral N.
● You should reduce speed accordingly.
● Place the lever in the position D to the left on the Tiptronic shift gate M
⇒ page 130.
● Gently pull the selector lever back
–
to change down a gear.
Starting when going up a slope
The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear you will need.
When stopping on a slope with a gear range engaged, the vehicle must be
prevented from rolling backwards by always pressing the brake pedal or
pulling the handbrake lever up. When starting, release the brake pedal or
the handbrake ⇒
.
Kickdown
The kickdown system provides maximum acceleration when the gear selec-
tor lever is in the position D, or in the Tiptronic position M.
When the accelerator pedal is pressed right down, the automatic gearbox
will shift down to a lower gear, depending on road speed and engine speed.
This takes advantage of the maximum acceleration of the vehicle ⇒
.
When the accelerator is pressed to the floor, the automatic gearbox shifts to
the next gear only after the engine reaches the specified maximum engine
speed.
WARNING
Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction and skidding, especially on
slippery ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident and serious injury.
● Always adapt your driving style to suit the flow of traffic.
● Only use the kickdown function or rapid acceleration if visibility,
weather, road and traffic conditions so permit.
● Never put other road users in danger by accelerating or with your
driving style.
CAUTION
If you stop on a hill with a gear range engaged, do not try to prevent the
vehicle from rolling back by pressing on the accelerator. Otherwise, the au-
tomatic gearbox may overheat causing damage.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
132 Starting, changing gears, parking
Automatic gearbox malfunction
Back-up programme
When automatic gearbox warning and control lamps light up on the instru-
ment panel, there may be a system malfunction ⇒ page 124. In the event of
some faults the automatic gearbox functions using a backup programme.
When the backup programme is activated, it is possible to drive the vehicle,
however, at low speeds and within a selected range of gears.
With the manual gearbox, in some cases it is not possible to drive with all
the gears.
In all cases the automatic gearbox must be checked at a specialised work-
shop.
Automatic gearbox overheating
The automatic gearbox can overheat with a prolonged start up, or when
stopping and starting continuously. This overheating is displayed with a
warning lamp in the instrument panel. Additionally, an audible warning
can be heard. Stop and let the gearbox cool ⇒
.
The vehicle moves forward or back despite having selected a gear range
When the vehicle does not move in the required direction, the system may
not have the gear range correctly engaged. Press the brake pedal and en-
gage the gear range again. If the vehicle still does not move in the required
direction, there is a system malfunction. Seek specialist assistance and
have the system checked.
CAUTION
● When the gearbox is displayed as overheating for the first time, the vehi-
cle must be parked safely or must be driven at a speed of more than 20 km/
h (12 mph).
● When the warning lamp lights up and the audible warning is sounded,
the vehicle must be parked safely and the engine switched off. Let the gear-
box cool down.
● To prevent damage to the gearbox, driving must only be continued when
the warning lamps are no longer lit up. While the gearbox is overheated,
starting up and driving at walking speed should be avoided.
Recommended gear display
In some vehicles, the recommended gear for reducing fuel consumption is
displayed on the instrument panel display:
Display Meaning
Optimum gear.
Recommendation to change up a gear.
Recommendation to change down a gear.
WARNING
The recommended gear display is intended as a guideline only; it should
never replace the driver's attention to driving carefully.
● Responsibility for selecting the correct gear for each situation contin-
ues to lie with the driver, for example when overtaking or climbing a hill.
133Starting, changing gears, parking
For the sake of the environment
Selecting the most appropriate gear for the situation will help you to save
fuel.
Note
The recommended gear display is switched off when the clutch pedal is
pressed.
Note
On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 222 the recommended gear can also be seen.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
134 Starting, changing gears, parking
Braking, stopping and parking
Introduction
The assisted braking systems are the electronic distribution of the brake
force (EBV), the anti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist system (BAS),
the electronic differential lock (EDL), the traction control (TC), the traction
control system (ASR) and the electronic stability control (ESC*).
Additional information and warnings:
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 210
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty brake system may lead to seri-
ous accident.
● If you believe the brake pads to be worn or the brake system to be
faulty, immediately refer to a specialised workshop to check the brake
pads and replace the worn brake pads.
WARNING
Careless parking can cause serious injury.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering lock may engage and locked the steering wheel making the vehi-
cle impossible to control.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled
fuel, dried grass, etc).
WARNING (Continued)
● Always apply the handbrake when you leave your vehicle and when
you park.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could release the electronic parking brake, activate the selector lever or
gear stick and start the vehicle moving. This could result in serious acci-
dent.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The
engine could accidentally be started and electrical equipment such as
the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the
year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even
death, particularly for young children.
CAUTION
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop be-
fore the wheels touched the barrier or kerb.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as
you drive over these objects.
135Starting, changing gears, parking
Warning and control lamps
lights
up
Possible cause ⇒ Solution
Handbrake applied. ⇒ page 136.
Fault in the brake system.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 138.
Brake fluid level inadequate.
Do not drive on!
Check brake fluid level
⇒ page 142.
Together with the ABS control
lamp : ABS and EBV do not
function.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 138.
ESC* disconnected by system.
Switching the ignition on and off.
If necessary, drive for a short dis-
tance.
Fault in ESC*. Contact a Specialised workshop.
Together with the ABS control
lamp : Fault in ABS.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
The vehicle can be braked with-
out ABS.
The battery has been recon-
nected.
⇒ page 193.
Traction Control faulty or
switched off by the system.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
Together with the ESC* control
lamp : Fault in ABS.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
The vehicle can be braked with-
out ABS.
Together with the warning
lamp : ABS and EBV do not
function.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 138.
flash-
es
Possible cause Solution
ESC* or ASR regulating.
Take your foot off the accelerator.
Adjust your driving style to the
road conditions.
Traction Control regulator oper-
ating.
Take your foot off the accelerator.
Adjust your driving style to the
road conditions.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
WARNING
Driving with brakes in bad condition could result in a serious accident.
● If the brake warning lamp does not go out, or if it lights up when
driving, the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there is a fault
in the brake system. Obtain professional assistance immediately
⇒ page 141, Brake fluid.
● If the brake warning lamp lights up together with the ABS warning
lamp , the regulation function of the ABS could be malfunctioning. As a
result, the rear wheels can lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear
wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle control! If possible, reduce
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
136 Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING (Continued)
your speed and drive carefully to a Specialised workshop close by to
check the brake system. During the following journey, avoid sudden brak-
ing and manoeuvres.
● If the ABS warning lamp does not go out or if it lights while driv-
ing, the ABS is malfunctioning. The vehicle can only be stopped using
normal braking without ABS. The protection provided by the ABS is not
available. Visit a specialised workshop as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Handbrake
Fig. 90 Between the
front seats: Handbrake
Using the handbrake
● Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever while press-
ing the button.
● The handbrake is applied when the control lamp lights up on the in-
strument panel ⇒ page 135 when the ignition is switched on.
Releasing the handbrake
● Pull gently in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever and press the
lock button ⇒ Fig. 90 (arrow).
● Move the handbrake lever downwards keeping the lock button pressed.
WARNING
The incorrect use of the handbrake may result in a serious accident.
● Never use the handbrake to brake the vehicle except in an emergency.
The braking distance is considerably longer, because braking is only ap-
plied to the rear wheels. Always use the foot brake.
● Never drive with the handbrake gently applied. This can overheat the
brake, affecting the brakes system. This also causes premature wear on
the rear brake pads.
● Never accelerate from the engine compartment with the engine run-
ning and a gear engaged. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake
is applied.
Note
If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to 6 km/h (4 mph) with the hand-
brake applied, an audible warning is sounded.
Parking
When parking your vehicle, all legal requirements should be observed.
137Starting, changing gears, parking
To park the vehicle
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
● Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ⇒
.
● Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill.
● Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 136.
● For an automatic gearbox, move the selector lever to position P.
● Switch off the engine and release the brake pedal.
● Remove the key from the ignition.
● If necessary, turn the steering wheel slightly to lock the steering.
● With a manual gearbox, engage the 1st gear on flat ground and slopes,
or even the reverse gear on hills, and release the clutch pedal.
● Ensure that all passengers leave the vehicle, especially children.
● When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.
● Locking the vehicle.
Additional information for steep slopes and hills
Before switching off the engine, rotate the steering wheel so that if the vehi-
cle should move then it will be held by the kerb.
● On slopes, turn the front wheels so that they are against the edge of the
kerb.
● Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre of the road.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled
fuel, dried grass, etc).
CAUTION
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop be-
fore the wheels touched the barrier or kerb.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as
you drive over these objects.
Information about the brakes
For the first 200 to 300 km (120 to 190 mph), the new brake pads have not
yet reached their maximum braking capacity, and need to be “run in” first
⇒
. The slightly reduced braking effect can be compensated for by in-
creasing pressure on the brake pedal. While running in, the full braking dis-
tance or emergency braking distance is larger then when the brake pads
have been run in. While running in, avoid full power braking or situations
requiring braking performance. For example, in heavy traffic.
The rate of wear of the brake pads depends to a great extent on the condi-
tions in which the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is driven. If the
vehicle is used frequently in city traffic or for short trips or driven sport style,
visit a Specialised workshop regularly more frequently than advised in the
Maintenance Programme to have the brake pads checked.
If you drive with wet brakes, for example, after crossing areas of water, in
heavy rainfall or even after washing the vehicle, the effect of the brakes is
lessened as the brake discs are wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher
speed, “dry” the brakes as quickly as possible by braking gently several
times. Only do this without endangering vehicles behind you or any other
road users ⇒
.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
138 Starting, changing gears, parking
A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads will reduce brake efficiency and
increase braking distance. If you drive for a prolonged period on salted
roads without braking then brake carefully several times to eliminate the
layer of salt on the brakes ⇒
.
If the vehicle remains parked for considerable lengths of time, is used little,
or if the brakes are not used, there may be corrosion on the brake discs and
a build-up of dirt on the brake pads. If the brakes are not used frequently, or
if rust has formed on the discs, SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and
discs by braking firmly a few times at a moderately high speed. Only do this
without endangering vehicles behind you or any other road users ⇒
.
Faults in the brake system
During braking, if you notice that the vehicle does not react as usual (that
the braking distance has increased suddenly) it may be possible that there
is a fault in the braking system. This is indicated by the warning lamp .
Take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop immediately and have the fault
repaired. Drive at a moderate speed and be prepared to use more pressure
on the brake pedal, and allow for longer braking distances.
Brake servo
The brake servo only operates when the engine is running and the pressure
applied by the driver on the brake pedal increases.
If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed, then the
brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that the braking
distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate ⇒
.
WARNING
New brake pads do not brake to full efficiency.
● For the first 320 km (200 miles), new brake pads have not yet reached
their maximum braking capacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this, to
compensate for reduced braking efficiency the brake pedal will have to
be pressed with more force.
WARNING (Continued)
● To avoid losing control of the vehicle and causing serious accidents,
always take great care when driving with new brake pads.
● When running in new brake pads, always respect the safety distances
between you and other vehicles and do not cause situations requiring ex-
treme braking performance.
WARNING
When brakes overheat, braking is less efficient and braking distances in-
crease.
● When driving on slopes, brakes can be overloaded and overheat
quickly.
● Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long
slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce
the strain on the brake system.
● Non-standard or damaged front spoilers could restrict the airflow to
the brakes and cause them to overheat.
WARNING
Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take time to brake and this increases
braking distances.
● Test the brakes carefully.
● Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by braking gently several
times, when visibility, weather, and road and traffic conditions permit.
139Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
Driving without the brake servo may significantly increase the braking
distance and result in a severe accident.
● Never allow the vehicle to move forwards when the engine is switched
off.
● If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed,
then the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that
the braking distance will be increased when the brake servo does not op-
erate.
CAUTION
● Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing the pedal gently, if it is not
really necessary to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake pedal will
heat the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power, increase
braking distance or even result in the total failure of the brake system.
● Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long
slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the
strain on the brake system. Otherwise, the brakes may overheat and fail.
Only use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.
Note
Make use, when having the front brake pads checked, and have the rear
pads checked also. The thickness of the brake pads should be checked vis-
ually and regularly, by looking through the openings in the wheel rims or
from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, remove the wheels to check them
thoroughly. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Assisted braking systems
The assisted braking systems ESC*, ABS, EBV, BAS, ASR, TC and EDL only
operate when the ignition is switched on. They contribute significantly to in-
creasing active safety.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)*
ESC* reduces the risk of skidding and increases the vehicle stability by
braking individual wheels under specific driving conditions. ESC* detects
critical handling situations, such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin on
the driven wheels. The system stabilises the vehicle by braking individual
wheels or by reducing the engine torque.
The ESC* has limits. It is important to realise that the ESC* is also subject to
the laws of physics. ESC* will not be able to deal with all situations with
which drivers may be faced. For example, if the road surface changes sud-
denly then ESC* will not be useful in all cases. If the vehicle suddenly enters
a section covered by water, mud or snow then ESC* will not provide assis-
tance in the same way as on dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the
ground and moves on a film of water (“aquaplaning”), the ESC* will not be
able to assist the driver to control the vehicle due to the loss of adherence
with the road surface preventing braking and steering. If the vehicle is driv-
en through series of bends at high speed, the ESC* will not always be as
effective: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driving is not the same as at re-
duced speeds.
Adjust your speed and driving style to suit visibility, and weather, road and
traffic conditions. ESC* cannot push the limits of the laws of physics; im-
prove the transmission available or maintain the vehicle on the road if a
lack of driver attention creates an inevitable situation. Otherwise, ESC* as-
sists in maintaining vehicle control in extreme situations and uses the
movements of the steering made by the driver to maintain the vehicle mov-
ing in the desired direction. If the vehicle is driven at such a speed that it
will leave the road before ESC* can intervene then the system cannot pro-
vide assistance.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
140 Starting, changing gears, parking
The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are incorporated into the ESC*. The
ESC* is always on
1)
.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS can prevent the wheels from locking during braking until just before
the vehicle stops thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle and maintain
control. This means that, even during full braking, the risk of skidding is re-
duced:
● Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not remove your foot from the
brake pedal or reduce braking force!
● Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reduce braking force!
● Maintain vehicle direction when braking fully with the brake pedal.
● When the brake pedal is released or when the brake force is reduced,
ABS is turned off.
ABS control can be observed by vibration of the brake pedal and noise. You
should never expect the ABS to reduce the braking distance under any cir-
cumstances. Braking distances will increase when driving on gravel, recent
snow or on icy and slippery ground.
Brake assist system (BAS)
The brake assist system may reduce the required braking distance. The
brake assist system boosts the braking force if you press the brake pedal
quickly in an emergency. As a result, the braking pressure increases rapidly,
the braking force is multiplied and the braking distance is reduced. This en-
ables the ABS to be activated more quickly and efficiently.
¡Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! When the brake pedal is released
or when the brake force is reduced, braking assist automatically turns off
the brake servo.
Traction control system (ASR) or Traction Control (TC)
In the event of wheelspin, the traction control system ASR or TC reduces the
engine torque to match the amount of grip available. The ASR or TC makes
some situations easier, for example, when starting, accelerating or going
uphill, even in unfavourable road conditions.
Electronic differential lock system (EDL)
EDL is available when driving in straight lines under normal conditions.
When the EDL detects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel and directs
the power to the other driven wheel. To prevent the disc brake of the braked
wheel from overheating, the EDL cuts out automatically if subjected to ex-
cessive loads. The EDL will switch on again automatically when the brake
has cooled down.
WARNING
Driving at high speed on icy, slippery wet ground can result in loss of ve-
hicle control and serious injury to the driver and passengers.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions. Even though the braking assist systems, ABS, BAS,
EDL, ASR, TC and ESC*, provide more security, do not take unnecessary
risks while driving.
● Braking assist systems can not overcome the laws of physics. Even
with ESC* and other systems, slippery and wet roads will always be dan-
gerous.
● Driving to quickly on wet ground can result in the wheels losing con-
tact with the ground in an effect known as “aquaplaning”. Without ad-
herence, it is impossible to brake, steer or control the vehicle.
● Braking assist systems cannot avoid accidents if, for example, the
driver does not respect safety distances or drives to quickly in difficult
conditions.
1)
According to version
141Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING (Continued)
● Even though braking assist systems are extremely effective and help
control the vehicle in difficult situations, remember that the vehicle sta-
bility depends on tyre grip.
● When accelerating on a slippery surface, for example on ice and
snow, press the accelerator carefully. The wheels can still slip even with
braking assist systems resulting in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
The effectiveness of the ESC* can be considerably reduced if other com-
ponents and systems affecting driving dynamics are not maintained or
are not functioning correctly. This includes, among others, brakes, tyres
and other systems already mentioned.
● Remember that changing and fitting other components to the vehicle
can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ESC*.
● Changes to the vehicle suspension or using unapproved wheel/tyre
combinations can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, TC, EDL and
ESC* and their effectiveness.
● Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC* depends on the use of suitable
tyres ⇒ page 210.
Note
To ensure that the ESC*, ASR and TC work properly, all four wheels must be
fitted with identical tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres
can cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
Note
If a malfunction should occur in the ABS, the ESC*, ASR, TC and EDL will al-
so be affected.
Note
Noises may be heard while any of the above systems are operating.
Brake fluid
Fig. 91 In the engine
compartment: brake fluid
reservoir, lid
In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs water from the ambient air. If
there is too much water contained in the brake fluid, the brake system could
be damaged. In addition, the boiling point of the brake fluid is significantly
lowered. When the brake fluid contains too much water and the brakes are
subject to considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour can form in the sys-
tem. These bubbles of water vapour can significantly reduce braking power,
notably increasing braking distance, and could even result in the total fail-
ure of the brake system. Ensuring that the brake system is always function-
ing correctly is essential for your own safety and the safety of other road
users ⇒
.
Brake fluid specifications
SEAT have developed a special brake fluid optimised for the brake systems
of their vehicles. To ensure the optimum working of the brake system, SEAT
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
142 Starting, changing gears, parking
recommends the use of brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14
standard. If this brake fluid is not available or another brake fluid is used for
different reasons, use a brake fluid that complies with the United States
standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4
⇒
.
Brake fluids conforming to the standard VW 501 14, fulfil the American re-
quirements of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the German
DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. However, fluids that comply with the Amer-
ican FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4
standard do not necessarily comply with the VW 501 14 standard. Always
check the information on the brake fluid container and ensure that you are
using suitable brake fluid.
A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from SEAT dealerships.
Brake fluid level
The level of the brake fluid should always be between the MIN and MAX
marks, or above the MIN mark ⇒
.
It is not always possible to check the level of the brake fluid, as in some
models the engine components make it difficult to see the brake fluid reser-
voir. If you cannot read the exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist.
The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used due to
wear of the brake pads and the automatic readjustment of the brake.
Changing the brake fluid
The brake fluid should be changed in accordance with the instructions giv-
en in the Maintenance Programme. Have the brake fluid changed by a Spe-
cialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service. This
means that only brake fluid complying with the required specifications will
be used.
WARNING
If the brake fluid level is low or unsuitable/old brake fluid is used, the
brake system may fail or braking power will be reduced.
● Check the brake system and the brake fluid level regularly!
● The brake fluid should be changed regularly in accordance with the
instructions given in the Maintenance Programme.
● When the brake fluid is used and brakes are subjected to extreme
braking forces, bubbles of vapour form in the brake system. These bub-
bles of water vapour can significantly reduce braking power, notably in-
creasing braking distance, and could even result in the total failure of the
brake system.
● Always ensure that you use suitable brake fluid. Only used brake fluid
that conforms to the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or
even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. Other types of brake fluid
could affect brake operation and reduce braking power. Do not use a
brake fluid if the container does not specify compliance with the
VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.
● The replacement brake fluid must be new.
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous.
● To reduce the risk of poisoning, do not keep brake fluid in drinks bot-
tles/containers or similar. Other people could drink from these recipients
even if the contents are clearly marked.
● Always keep brake fluid in the original container; keep it correctly
sealed and out of reach of children.
CAUTION
Brake fluid could damage the paintwork. Wipe off any brake fluid from the
paintwork immediately.
143Starting, changing gears, parking
For the sake of the environment
Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. Collect any spilt service fluids and
allow a professional to dispose of them.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
144 Starting, changing gears, parking
Ecological driving
Introduction
Fuel consumption, environmental impact and engine, brake and tyre wear
depend largely on 3 factors:
● Personal driving style.
● Conditions of use (weather, road surface).
● Technical requirements.
Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption are possible with an appropriate
driving style and the adoption of certain simple tips.
WARNING
Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line
with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traf-
fic situation.
Economic driving style
Changing gear early
General instructions: The highest gear is always the most economical gear.
As a guideline, for the majority of vehicles: At a speed of 30 km/h (19 mph),
drive in third gear, at 40 km/h (25 mph) in fourth gear and at 50 km/h
(30 mph) in fifth gear.
In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting up helps to save fuel, weather
and traffic conditions permitting.
Do not wait until the last moment before changing gear. Only use first gear
when you move off and change to second gear quickly. Avoid the kickdown
function in vehicles with automatic gearbox.
Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve an economical driving style as
the display indicates the best moment to change gear.
Let the vehicle roll
If you take your foot off the accelerator, the fuel supply is stopped and con-
sumption is reduced.
Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating, for example when approach-
ing a red traffic light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too slowly or the dis-
tance is too long, the clutch pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en-
gine will then operate at idle speed.
If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for a period of time, switch off the
engine; for example, while waiting at a level crossing.
Think ahead and “flow” with the traffic
Frequent acceleration and braking considerably increase fuel consumption.
If you think ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance from the vehicle in
front, it is possible to slow down by simply lifting your foot off the accelera-
tor. This eliminates the need for constant braking and acceleration.
Calm and steady driving
Constancy is more important than speed: The more you drive at a constant
speed, the lower the fuel consumption.
When driving on the motorway, it is more efficient to drive at a constant and
more moderate speed than to be continuously accelerating and braking. As
a general rule, you will reach your destination just as quickly when you drive
at a constant speed.
The cruise control function helps you to achieve a constant style of driving.
145Starting, changing gears, parking
Moderate use of additional electrical appliances
It is important to travel in comfort, but convenience systems should be used
in an ecological manner.
Some equipment, when connected, increase fuel consumption considera-
bly, for example:
● Air conditioning cooling system: If the air conditioning system is re-
quired to cool to significantly lower temperatures than the true outside tem-
perature, it will require a large quantity of energy from the engine. There-
fore, we recommend that the selected temperature for the vehicle is not too
different to the outside temperature. It is a good idea to open all the win-
dows of the vehicle before starting your journey, and to drive a short dis-
tance with all the windows open to allow the vehicle to cool down slightly.
Only then should you close all the windows and switch on the air condition-
ing system. Keep windows closed when travelling at high speeds. Driving
with the windows open increases fuel consumption.
● Switch off the seat heating when the seats have warmed up.
● Switch off the heated rear window when it is not moist or covered in ice.
Other factors which increase fuel consumption (examples):
● Fault in engine management.
● Driving on hills.
Saving fuel while driving
Fig. 92 Fuel consump-
tion in litres per 100 km
at 2 different outside
temperatures
By adopting an economical driving style and anticipating the traffic situa-
tion ahead, you can easily reduce fuel consumption by 10-15%.
A vehicle uses most fuel when accelerating. By anticipating the traffic situa-
tion ahead, you will brake and therefore accelerate less. Wherever possible,
let the vehicle roll slowly to a stop, for instance when you can see that the
next traffic lights are red.
Avoid short journeys
Fuel consumption is much higher when the engine is cold, immediately af-
ter it has been started. It takes a few kilometres of driving for the engine to
warm up and to normalise consumption.
The engine and catalytic converter need to reach their proper working tem-
perature in order to minimise fuel consumption and emissions. The ambient
temperature has a decisive influence.
Fig. 92 shows the difference in consumption for the same journey at +20 °C
(+68 °F) and at -10 °C (+14 °F).
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
146 Starting, changing gears, parking
Unnecessary short journeys should be avoided. Try to combine trips.
The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in summer, even when other con-
ditions are the same.
“Warming” the engine is not only forbidden in some countries, but in prac-
tice it is technically superfluous as it is a waste of fuel.
Adjusting type pressures.
Having the correct pressure in your tyres helps to reduce rolling resistance
and, as a result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing the tyre pressure
slightly (+ 0.2 bar / + 3 psi / + 200 kPa) can help to save fuel.
When you buy new tyres, make sure they are optimised for minimum rolling
resistance.
Use low friction engine oil
The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils, known as low friction engine
oil, help to reduce fuel consumption. Low friction engine oils reduce the re-
sistance caused by friction in the engine, they flow around the engine more
quickly and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The effect is particularly
noticeable in vehicles frequently used for short journeys.
Always check the engine oil level and observe service intervals (engine oil
change intervals).
When purchasing engine oil, always observe legal requirements and ensure
that the oil is approved by SEAT.
Avoid carrying unnecessary loads
The lighter the vehicle, the more economical and ecological the driving
style. For example, an additional weight of 100 kg will increase fuel con-
sumption up to 0.3 ltr/100 km.
Remove any unnecessary objects or loads from the vehicle.
Remove optional equipment and unnecessary accessories
The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower the fuel consumption. Option-
al equipment and accessories (such as roof racks or bike carriers) reduce
the aerodynamic benefits of the vehicle.
Therefore, we recommend you remove all optional and unnecessary equip-
ment and racks, especially if you intend to drive at high speeds.
147Starting, changing gears, parking
Steering
Introduction
The power steering* is not hydraulic but electromechanical. The advantage
of this steering system is that it disposes of hydraulic tubes, hydraulic oil,
the pump, filter and other components. The electromechanical system
saves fuel. While a hydraulic system requires oil pressure to be maintained,
electromechanical steering only requires energy when the steering wheel is
turned.
With the electromechanical steering system, the power steering function au-
tomatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering torque and
the wheel turning angle. The electromechanical steering only works when
the engine is running.
Additional information and warnings:
● Start and stop the engine ⇒ page 119
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 193
● Tow-starting and towing away ⇒ page 276
WARNING
If the power steering is not working then the steering wheel is much
more difficult to turn and the vehicle more difficult to control.
● The power steering only works when the engine is running.
● Never allow the vehicle to move when the engine is switched off.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
Control and warning lamps
lights up Possible cause Solution
(red)
Electromechanical steering
faulty.
The steering system should be
checked by a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible.
(yellow)
Electromechanical steering
operation reduced.
The steering system should be
checked by a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible.
If, after restarting the engine
and driving for a short dis-
tance, the yellow warning light
no longer comes on, it will not
be necessary to take the vehi-
cle to a specialised workshop.
flashes Possible cause Solution
(red)
Fault in the steering column
electronic lock.
Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice.
(yellow)
Steering column deviation.
Gently turn the steering wheel
to and fro.
Steering wheel not un-
locked or locked.
Remove the key from the igni-
tion and then switch the igni-
tion back on. If necessary,
check the messages displayed
on the instrument panel dis-
play.
Do not drive on, if the steering
column remains locked after
the ignition has been switched
on. You should obtain profes-
sional assistance.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
148 Starting, changing gears, parking
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Information on the steering
To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the steering before leaving the ve-
hicle.
Mechanical steering lock
Lock the steering column by removing the key from the ignition when the
vehicle is stopped.
Please engage steering lock Unlocking the steering
Parking the vehicle ⇒ page 134. Insert the key in the ignition lock.
Remove the ignition key from the ig-
nition.
Turn the steering wheel slightly to
release the steering lock.
Turn the steering wheel slightly until
you hear the steering lock.
Hold the steering wheel in this posi-
tion and switch on the ignition.
Electromechanical steering
With the electromechanical steering system, the power steering function au-
tomatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering torque and
the wheel turning angle. The electromechanical steering only works when
the engine is running.
You should remember that you will need considerably more power than nor-
mal to steer the vehicle if the power steering is not working correctly or not
at all.
149Driver assistance systems
Driver assistance systems
Parking distance warning system*
Introduction
The parking distance warning system assists the driver when parking. If the
rear of the vehicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermittent audible warn-
ing is emitted. The shorter the distance, the shorter the intervals between
tones. If the vehicle is too close to the obstacle, the audible warning be-
comes constant.
If you continue to approach an obstacle when the sound is continuous, this
means the system can no longer measure the distance.
Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit and receive ultrasound. Using
the ultrasound signal (transmission, reflection from the obstacles and re-
ception), this system continuously calculates the distance between the
bumper and the obstacle.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
The parking distance warning system cannot replace the driver's assess-
ment of the situation.
● The sensors have blind spots in which obstacles and people are not
registered.
● Always observe the area around the vehicle, as the sensors do not al-
ways detect small children, animals or objects.
WARNING (Continued)
● The surface of certain objects and some clothing do not reflect the ul-
trasound signals from the parking distance system. The system cannot
detect or incorrectly detects these objects and people wearing these
types of clothes.
● External sound sources can affect the parking distance aid signals. In
this case, under certain circumstances, people and objects will not be de-
tected.
CAUTION
● The sensors may not always be able to detect objects such as trailer
draw bars, thin rails, fences, posts, trees and open boots, etc. This could re-
sult in damage to your vehicle.
● Although the parking distance warning system detects and warns of the
presence of an obstacle, the obstacle could disappear from the angle of
measurement of the sensors if it is too high or low and the system would no
longer indicate it. Therefore, it will not warn you of these objects. Ignoring
the warnings of the parking distance warning system could cause consider-
able damage to the vehicle.
● The bumper sensors may become damaged or misaligned, for example,
when parking.
● To ensure that the system works properly, the bumper sensors must be
kept clean, free of ice and snow and uncovered.
● When cleaning the sensors with high-pressure or steam cleaning equip-
ment, spray the sensors briefly at a distance of no less than 10 cm.
● Different sources of noise can produce errors in the parking distance
warning system, i.e. parking distance warning systems from other vehicles,
inductive loops or construction works machines.
● Retrofitting of components to the vehicle, such as a bicycle carrier, may
interfere with the function of the parking distance warning system.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
150 Driver assistance systems
Parking distance warning system
Fig. 93 Parking distance
warning system sensors
on the rear bumper
The 3 sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the
rear bumper ⇒ Fig. 93.
Switching the parking distance warning system on and off
● Switching on: With the ignition switched on, select reverse gear. A short
audible warning confirms that the parking distance warning system is
switched on and functioning.
● Switching off: release reverse gear.
Things to note on the parking distance warning system
● The parking distance warning system sometimes registers water on the
sensors as an obstacle.
● If the distance does not change, the warning signal will sound less loud-
ly after a few seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the volume will re-
main constant.
● When the vehicle moves away from the obstacle, the beeping sound au-
tomatically switches off. On approaching the obstacle again, the beeping
sound will automatically switch back on.
● Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume of the warning signals.
Note
A fault in the parking distance warning system is indicated through a brief
audible warning that is constant for about 3 seconds when switching on for
the first time. Check the parking distance warning system at a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible.
Optical parking system* (OPS)
Fig. 94 On-screen OPS
display:
A
an obstacle
has been detected in the
collision zone.
B
an ob-
stacle has been detected
in the segment.
C
zone
recorded behind the vehi-
cle
The optical parking system is an extension of the parking distance warning
system ⇒ page 150.
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) the area be-
hind the vehicle is shown registered by the sensors. Any obstacles are dis-
play in relation to the vehicle ⇒
.
151Driver assistance systems
Function Necessary operations
Switching the display
on:
Switching on the ⇒ page 150 parking distance
warning system. The OPS switches on automati-
cally.
Switching the display
off manually:
Press the
button on the Portable Navigation
System.
Switching the display
off manually:
release reverse gear.
Zones explored
Behind the vehicle ⇒ Fig. 94
C
, the zone analysed reaches a distance of up
to 150 cm and around 60 cm to the sides.
Screen display
The image displayed represents the supervised zones in several segments.
As the vehicle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment moves closer to the
vehicle displayed
A
or
B
. When the penultimate segment is displayed,
this means that the vehicle has reached the collision zone. Stop the vehi-
cle!
Distance from the vehicle
to the obstacle
Audible warn-
ing
Displayed in colour on the
screen: colour of the seg-
ment if an obstacle is recog-
nised
behind:
approx. 31-150 cm
beeping sound yellow
behind:
approx. 0-30 cm
permanent
sound
red
WARNING
Do not be distracted from the traffic when looking at the screen.
Note
SEAT recommends practising using parking distance warning system in a
traffic free zone or in a car park to familiarise yourself with the system and
its operation.
Note
Representation of the registered area on the screen of the portable naviga-
tion system may take up to 5 seconds.
Note
Note the Instruction Manual provided for the device of the additional infor-
mation relating to the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 222.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
152 Driver assistance systems
Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS)
Introduction
The cruise control system (CCS) is able to individually maintain the set
speed when driving forwards from approx. 20 km/h (12 mph).
The CCS only slows down by reducing the accelerator but not by braking
⇒
.
Additional information and warnings:
● Changing gear ⇒ page 124
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Use of the cruise control could cause accidents and severe injuries if it is
not possible to drive at a constant speed maintaining the safety distance.
● Do not use the cruise control in heavy traffic, if the distance from the
vehicle in front is insufficient, on steep roads, with several bends or in
slippery circumstances (snow, ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded
roads.
● Never use the CCS when driving off-road or on unpaved roads.
● Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in
line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the
traffic situation.
● To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise control system, turn it off
every time you finish using it.
● It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the prevailing
road, traffic or weather conditions.
● When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot maintain a constant
speed. The vehicle tends to accelerate under its own weight. Select a
lower gear or use the brake pedal to slow the vehicle.
Control lamp
lights up Possible cause
This cruise control system maintains the set speed of
the vehicle.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
153Driver assistance systems
Cruise control system operation
Fig. 95 Turn signal and
main beam headlights
lever on the left of the
steering column: CCS
buttons and controls
Function
Control position, control
operations ⇒ Fig. 95
Action
Switching on the
cruise control sys-
tem.
Control
B
in the position
.
The system is switched on.
After switching on, no
speeds are stored and no
regulator has yet been
placed.
Switching on the
cruise control sys-
tem.
Press button
A
in the
area .
The current speed is stor-
ed and maintained.
Temporarily
switching off the
cruise control sys-
tem.
Place control
B
in the po-
sition .
OR:. Press the brake or
clutch pedal.
The cruise control system
is switched off temporari-
ly. The speed setting will
remain stored.
Switching the
speed setting
back on.
Press button
A
in the
area .
The stored speed is
reached again and main-
tained.
Function
Control position, control
operations ⇒ Fig. 95
Action
Increasing the
stored speed (dur-
ing CCS setting).
Press the button
A
in the
area briefly to in-
crease speed in shot
measures of about. 1 km/
h (1 mph) and store.
The vehicle accelerates ac-
tively until it reaches the
new stored speed.
Keep button
A
pressed in
the area for a long
time to continually in-
crease speed until releas-
ing and storing.
Reducing the stor-
ed speed (during
CCS setting).
Press the button
A
in the
area briefly to reduce
the stored speed in shot
measures of about. 1 km/
h (1 mph) and store.
Reduce speed without
braking, by interrupting
the accelerator until reach-
ing the new stored speed.
Keep button
A
pressed in
the area for a long
time to continually de-
crease stored speed until
releasing and storing.
Switching off the
cruise control sys-
tem.
Control
B
in the position
.
The system is switched off.
The stored speed is de-
leted.
Travelling down hills with the CCS
When travelling down hills the CCS cannot maintain a constant speed. Slow
the vehicle down using the brake pedal and reduce gears if required.
Automatic off
The cruise control system (CCS) is switched off automatically or temporarily:
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
154 Driver assistance systems
● If the system detects a fault that could affect the working order of the
CCS.
● If you increase the stored speed by pressing the accelerator pedal for a
certain time.
● If the brake or clutch pedal is depressed.
● If the gear is changed with the manual gearbox.
● If the airbag is triggered.
155Driver assistance systems
Safety Assist* (City Safety Assist function)
Introduction
The City Safety Assist function covers driving situations at a distance of
about 10 metres in front of the vehicle, in a speed range of approximately
5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).
When the system detects a possible collision with a vehicle in front, the ve-
hicle prepares for a possible emergency braking ⇒
.
If the driver does not react to an imminent collision, the system can auto-
matically brake the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced with a possible
collision. The system can help to reduce the consequences of an accident.
If the City Safety Assist function determines that the driver braked insuffi-
ciently faced with an imminent collision, the system can increase the brake
force in order to reduce speed. The system can help to reduce the conse-
quences of an accident.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Centre console, lower section ⇒ page 12
● Instrument panel ⇒ page 15
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
The intelligent technology in the City Safety Assist system cannot change
the limits imposed by the laws of physics and by the system itself. The
increased comfort offered by the City Safety Assist system should never
prompt you to take risks. The driver always assumes the responsibility of
braking in time.
● The City Safety Assist function can not individually prevent accidents,
nor serious injury.
● The City Safety Assist system may carry out unwanted brake interven-
tions in complex driving situations i.e. when a vehicle crosses at a short
distance.
WARNING
Including the role of the City Safety Assist system in driving conduct may
cause accidents and serious injury. The system is not a replacement for
driver awareness.
● Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in
line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the
traffic situation.
● The City Safety Assist function does not react to people, animals or
vehicles that cross or move in the opposite direction in the same lane.
● If after switching on the City Safety Assist function the vehicle begins
to move, slow the vehicle with the foot brake.
CAUTION
If you suspect that the laser sensor of the City Safety Assist function is dam-
aged, switch off the City Safety Assist function. This will avoid additional
damage.
● Any reparation of the laser sensor requires specialist knowledge. SEAT
recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
156 Driver assistance systems
Note
If the City Safety Assist function activates a brake, the brake pedal range is
reduced. This makes the brake pedal seem “harder”.
Note
Automatic brake intervention by the City Safety Assist function can be can-
celled by pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator pedal or by a corrective
intervention.
Note
During the automatic braking by the City Safety Assist function you may
hear unusual noises. This is normal and is produced in the brakes system.
Warning and control lamps
The City Safety Assist function is switched on every time the ignition is
switched on. No special indication is produced.
If the City Safety Assist function is switched off, functions or there is an error
in the system, this will be shown by a control lamp on the instrument panel
display.
lights up Possible cause ⇒ Solution
The City Safety Assist func-
tion has been switched on
manually using the button
⇒ Fig. 98.
The control lamp turns off after
about 5 seconds.
flashes Possible cause ⇒ Solution
fast: The City Safety Assist
system function brakes auto-
matically or has braked auto-
matically.
Control lamp turns off automati-
cally.
slow: City Safety Assist func-
tion is not currently available.
If the vehicle is stopped, switch
off the engine and switch it on
again. If necessary, inspect the
laser sensor (dirt, frozen) ⇒
in Laser sensor on page 157. If
it still does not function, refer to
a Specialised workshop to have
the system inspected.
within the operating area of
5-30– km/h (3-19 mph): The
City Safety Assist function
has been switched off man-
ually using the button
⇒ Fig. 98.
Switch on the City Safety Assist
function manually using the but-
ton
⇒ Fig. 98.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
157Driver assistance systems
Laser sensor
Fig. 96 On the wind-
screen: City Safety Assist
function laser sensor
Fig. 97 Laser sensor de-
tection area
A laser sensor on the windscreen ⇒ Fig. 96 allows the system to detect driv-
ing situations in front of the vehicle.
Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a distance of about 10 m.
WARNING
The laser beam on the laser sensor can produce serious injuries to the
eyes.
● Never focus optical devices, i.e. a camera, a microscope or a magnify-
ing glass closer than 100 mm from the laser sensor.
● Note that the laser beam can stay active when the City Safety Assist
system is switched off or unavailable. The laser beam is not visible to the
human eye.
CAUTION
If the windscreen is dirty or frozen in the area of the laser sensor, i.e. due to
rain, mist or snow, the City Safety Assist system may subsequently fail to
operate.
● Always keep the laser sensor area free of dirt and freezing.
● Use a small brush to remove snow and a de-icer spray to remove ice.
CAUTION
A damaged windscreen in the laser sensor area may cause the City Safety
Assist function to fail to operate.
● Replace the windscreen if it is scratched, cracked or chipped by stones
in the laser sensor area. Only use a windscreen authorised by SEAT. Carrying
out repairs is not permitted (i.e. in the case of damage suffered in an impact
from a stone).
● When replacing the windscreen wipers, only use windscreen wipers au-
thorised by SEAT.
● Do not paint the laser sensor area on the windscreen, or cover it with ad-
hesives, or sedimentation, etc.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
158 Driver assistance systems
Function
Fig. 98 In the lower part
of the centre console:
Button for the City Safety
Assist function
Switching on and off the City Safety Assist function
● Press the ⇒ Fig. 98 button on the centre console.
When the City Safety Assist function is switched on, the control lamp
lights up on the instrument panel within the operational range, i.e. for
speeds between 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).
Switch off the City Safety Assist function in the following situations
Switching off the City Safety Assist function is recommended in the follow-
ing situations ⇒
:
● While the vehicle is being towed.
● If the vehicle has been taken to an automatic car wash.
● If the vehicle is above a test bed.
● If the laser sensor is faulty.
● After the laser sensor has been involved in a collision.
● When driving off road (overhanging branches).
● If objects are protruding above the bonnet, i.e. a load carried on the roof
that protrudes at the front.
● If the windscreen is damaged in the laser sensor area.
WARNING
Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist function in the above situa-
tions, may result in accidents and serious injury.
● Switch off the City Safety Assist function in critical situations.
159Driver assistance systems
Special driving situations
Fig. 99 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: Motorcyclist driving
ahead out of range of the laser sensor
Fig. 100 Other vehicles
changing lanes
The City Safety Assist function has physical limits, and has limits deter-
mined by the system itself. In certain circumstances, this may produce reac-
tions from the City Safety Assist system, that are late or unexpected by the
driver. For this reason, always pay due attention and if necessary, intervene.
For example, the following driving situations require special attention:
Driving through a bend
When entering or leaving a “long” bend, the vehicle may decelerate when
the laser sensor detects a vehicle travelling in the opposite lane ⇒ Fig. 99 A.
To interrupt the deceleration you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or
press the clutch.
Narrow vehicles in front
The laser sensor will only detect narrow vehicles in front if they are in the
sensor detection zone ⇒ Fig. 99 B. This applies especially to narrow vehi-
cles such as motorbikes.
Other vehicles changing lanes
Vehicles changing lane in close proximity can cause an unexpected brake
from the City Safety Assist system ⇒ Fig. 100. To interrupt the deceleration
you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or press the clutch.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
160 Driver assistance systems
Malfunction in the laser sensor
If the laser sensor operation is impaired, for example due to heavy rain,
spray, snow or dirt, the City Safety Assist system function is temporarily
switched off. On the instrument panel display the control lamp flashes.
When the fault in the laser sensor has been rectified, the City Safety Assist
system function automatically becomes available. The control lamp
switches off.
The following conditions could prevent the City Safety Assist system from
functioning:
● Tight bends.
● Accelerator pressed all the way down to the floor.
● If the City Safety Assist system is switched off or there is a fault
⇒ page 156.
● If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or overheated ⇒ page 157.
● In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense fog.
● If there are vehicles in front.
● Vehicles changing lanes.
● Vehicles moving in the opposite direction in the same lane.
● Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of reflection.
● Presence of thick dust.
Hill hold
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 134
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 193
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 210
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
● Hill hold ⇒ page 273
WARNING
The smart technology included in the hill hold cannot change the laws of
physics. Do not let the extra convenience afforded by the hill hold tempt
you into taking any risks when driving.
● Any accidental movement of the vehicle could result in serious injury.
● The hill hold is not a replacement for driver awareness.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, weather, road and
traffic conditions.
● The hill hold cannot always keep the vehicle at a standstill on a slope
or brake sufficiently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slippery or frozen
surfaces).
Warning lamps
lights up Possible cause Solution
The Start-Stop system is ena-
bled.
The Start-Stop system is ena-
bled but the engine cannot be
automatically stopped.
Contact a Specialised
workshop.
The Start-Stop system cannot
start the engine.
Start the engine by hand
using the vehicle's key
⇒ page 120.
There is a fault in the alternator. ⇒ page 193
161Driver assistance systems
flashes Possible cause Solution
The Start-Stop system is not
available.
Contact a Specialised
workshop.
Some warning and control lamps will light up briefly when the ignition is
switched on to check certain functions. They will switch off after a few sec-
onds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored when they light up, the vehicle may
stall in traffic and cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle at the next opportunity.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the control lamps when they light up may result in damage
to the vehicle.
Start-Stop system
Fig. 101 At the top of
the centre console: Start-
Stop system button
With the Start-Stop system enabled, the engine is automatically stopped
when the vehicle is at a standstill. It will start again automatically as re-
quired.
This function remains enabled while the ignition is switched on. The instru-
ment panel display shows information on the current status
⇒
page 160.
Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand whenever crossing water.
Vehicles with a manual gearbox
● When the vehicle is stopped, put it into neutral and release the clutch
pedal. The engine will stop.
● To restart, simply engage the clutch.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
162 Driver assistance systems
Vehicles with an automatic gearbox
● When the vehicle is at a standstill, depress the brake or keep it pressed
down. The engine switches off.
● The engine will start again as soon as you release the brake pedal.
● With the gear lever set to position P, the engine will not start until a
range of gears is selected or the accelerator pedal is depressed.
Important conditions for the engine to stop automatically
● The driver's seat belt must be fastened.
● The driver door must be closed.
● The bonnet must be closed.
● The engine must have reached a minimum temperature.
● The vehicle must have moved since the last time the engine was stop-
ped.
● The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently charged.
● The battery temperature must not be too low or too high.
● The vehicle must not be on a very steep slope.
Conditions for the engine to restart automatically
The engine can be automatically restarted in the following cases:
● If the vehicle starts to moves.
● If the battery voltage drops.
Conditions requiring engine start-up using the key
The engine must be started by hand using the vehicle's key in the following
cases:
● If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt.
● If the driver door is opened.
● If the bonnet is opened.
Switching the Start-Stop system on and off
● Press the button situated in the centre console ⇒ Fig. 101.
● The button will light up when the Start-Stop system is switched off.
The engine will start immediately if the vehicle is in Stop mode when the
system is switched off by hand.
WARNING
The brake servo and the electromechanical steering do not work when
the engine is switched off.
● The vehicle must never be allowed to move with the engine switched
off.
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system before working in the engine com-
partment.
CAUTION
The vehicle's battery could be damaged if the vehicle is used for long peri-
ods at very high outside temperatures.
Note
In some cases, it may be necessary to start the engine by hand using the
key. Refer to the corresponding control lamp on the instrument panel.
Hill-start aid*
This function is only included in vehicles with ESC.
This device helps when starting uphill.
163Driver assistance systems
These are the basic operation conditions: doors closed, brake pedal press-
ed down and vehicle in neutral. The system gets activated on engaging
gear.
After removing your foot from the brake pedal, the braking force is main-
tained for a few seconds to prevent the vehicle from moving backward when
putting into gear. This short space of time is enough to start the vehicle
with ease.
This system also works when reversing uphill.
WARNING
● If you do not start the vehicle immediately after taking your foot off
the brake pedal, the vehicle may start to roll back under certain condi-
tions. Depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.
● If the engine stalls, depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake
immediately.
● When following a line of traffic uphill, if you want to prevent the vehi-
cle from rolling back accidentally when starting off, hold the brake pedal
down for a few seconds before starting off.
Note
The Official Service or a specialist workshop can tell you if your vehicle is
equipped with this system.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
164 Air control
Air control
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning
system
Introduction
Dust and pollen filter
The dust and pollen filter with its activated charcoal cartridge serves as a
barrier against impurities in the interior ambient air.
For the air conditioner to work with maximum efficiency, the dust and pollen
filter must be replaced at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Pro-
gramme.
If the filter loses efficiency prematurely due to use in areas with very high
levels of air pollution, the filter must be changed more frequently than sta-
ted in the Service Schedule.
Additional information and warnings:
● SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Windscreen wash system ⇒ page 91
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 197
WARNING
Reduced visibility through the windows increases the risk of serious acci-
dents.
● Ensure that all windows are free of ice and snow and that they are not
fogged up preventing a clear view of everything outside.
WARNING (Continued)
● The maximum heat output required to defrost windows as quickly as
possible is only available when the engine has reached its normal run-
ning temperature. Only drive when you have good visibility.
● Always ensure that you use the heating system, ventilation, air condi-
tioner and the heated rear window to maintain good visibility.
● Never leave the air recirculation on for a long period of time. If the
cooling system mode is switched off and air recirculation mode switched
on, the windows can mist over very quickly, considerably limiting visibili-
ty.
● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is not required.
WARNING
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver concentration
possibly resulting in a serious accident.
● Never leave the air fan turned off or use the air recirculation for long
periods of time; the air inside the interior will not be refreshed.
CAUTION
● Switch the air conditioner off if you think it may be broken. This will
avoid additional damage. Have the air conditioner checked by a Specialised
workshop.
● Repairs to the climate air conditioner specialist knowledge and special
tools. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
165Air control
Note
When the cooling system is turned off, air coming from the outside will not
be dehumidified. To avoid fogging up the windows, SEAT recommends leav-
ing the cooler (compressor) on. To do this, press the
AC
button. The button
indicator should light up.
Note
The maximum heat output required to defrost windows as quickly as possi-
ble is only available when the engine has reached its normal running tem-
perature.
Note
Keep the air vents in front of the windscreen free of snow, ice and leaves to
ensure heating and cooling are not impaired and to prevent the windows
from misting over.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
166 Air control
Controls
Fig. 102 In the centre console: Heating and ventilation
system rotary control
Fig. 103 In the centre console: Air conditioning system
controls
167Air control
Control
button
Additional information. Heating and ventilation system
⇒ Fig. 102 and air conditioning system ⇒ Fig. 103.
1
...
Temperature.
Rotate the control to adjust the temperature accordingly.
2
...
Air fan.
setting 0: Air fan and air conditioning system switched off, set-
ting 4: Air fan maximum setting.
3
Air distribution.
Rotate the continuous control to direct the airflow to the desired
area.
Heating and ventilation system: defrost function. Distribution of
air to the windscreen and the side windows in the exterior rear
vision mirror area.
Air conditioning system: defrost function. Distribution of air to
the windscreen and the side windows in the exterior rear vision
mirror area. Press the
AC
button, increase the air fan speed and
switch on the air recirculation ⇒ page 169 to clear the wind-
screen of condensation as soon as possible.
Air distribution towards the body.
Air distribution towards the footwell.
Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell.
Air conditioner: press the button to turn off/on the cooling sys-
tem ⇒ page 167.
4
Air conditioner: sliding control for air recirculation ⇒ page 169.
Switch off
Turn the air fan switch
2
to position 0.
Heated rear window
The heated rear window button
is located on the centre console. The
heated rear window only works when the engine is running and switches off
automatically after a maximum of 10 minutes.
WARNING
Never turn off the air fan for a long time or the air in the interior will not
be refreshed.
● Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver and passen-
ger concentration possibly resulting in a serious accident.
Heating and ventilation system user instructions
Temperature
The desired temperature for the interior cannot be lower than that of the ex-
terior air temperature, as the heating and ventilation system cannot cool or
dehumidify the air.
Setting for conditions of optimal visibility
● Set the fan ⇒ Fig. 102
2
to setting 1 or 2.
● Turn the temperature control ⇒ Fig. 102
1
to the centre position.
● Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel ⇒ page 169.
● Turn the air distribution control ⇒ Fig. 102
3
to the required position.
User instructions for the air conditioner*
The interior cooling system only works when the engine is running and fan
is switched on.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
168 Air control
The air conditioning operates most effectively with the windows closed.
However, if the vehicle has heated up after standing in the sun for some
time, the air inside can be cooled more quickly by opening the windows
briefly.
Setting for conditions of optimal visibility
When the air conditioning system is switched on, the temperature and the
air humidity in the vehicle interior drop. Hence, when the outside air humid-
ity is high, the windows do not mist over and comfort for the vehicle occu-
pants is improved:
● Disable air recirculation mode ⇒ page 169.
● Set the fan to the required setting.
● Turn the temperature control to the centre position.
● Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel ⇒ page 169.
● Turn the air distribution control to the defrost position.
● Press the
AC
button to turn on cooling. The button will light up.
The cooling system does not switch on
If the air conditioning system cannot be switched on, this may be caused by
the following:
● The engine is not running.
● The fan is switched off.
● The air conditioner fuse has blown.
● The outside temperature is lower than approximately +2 °C (+36 °F).
● The air conditioner compressor has been temporarily switched off be-
cause the engine coolant temperature is too high.
● Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air conditioner checked by a Speci-
alised workshop.
Things to note
If the humidity and temperature outside the vehicle are high, condensation
can drip off the evaporator in the cooling system and form a pool under-
neath the vehicle. This is normal and does not indicate a leak!
Note
After starting it, any residual humidity in the air conditioner could mist over
the windscreen. Switch on the defrost function as soon as possible to clear
the windscreen of condensation.
169Air control
Air vents
Fig. 104 Dash panel: Air vents
Air vents
Never close the air vents ⇒ Fig. 104
A
completely to ensure heating, cool-
ing and ventilation inside the vehicle.
● To open the air vents press the recess with one slat.
● Change the air direction by turning the slats.
● To close the air vents, fold the slats.
There are additional air vents in the centre of the dash panel and in the foot-
well area.
CAUTION
Never place food, medicines or other heat-sensitive objects close to the air
vents. Food, medicines and other heat-sensitive objects may be damaged
or made unsuitable for use by the air coming from the air vents.
Air recirculation
Important
Air recirculation mode prevents the ambient air from entering the interior.
When the outside temperature is very high or very low, selecting manual air
recirculation mode for a short period refreshes or heats the interior more
quickly.
● Switch off air recirculation mode by turning the air distribution control to
the ⇒
position.
Switching the air recirculation mode on and off
Switching on: Move the sliding control ⇒ Fig. 103
4
to the right to maxi-
mum.
Switching off: Move the sliding control ⇒ Fig. 103
4
as far left as possible.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
170 Air control
WARNING
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver concentration
possibly resulting in a serious accident.
● Never use recirculation mode for long periods as it does not refresh
the air inside the vehicle.
● If the cooling system mode is switched off and air recirculation mode
switched on, the windows can mist over very quickly, considerably limit-
ing visibility.
● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is not required.
CAUTION
Do not smoke when the air recirculation is activated. The smoke taken in
could lie on the cooling system vaporiser and on the dust and pollen filter,
leading to a permanently unpleasant smell.
171At the filling station
At the filling station
Refuelling
Introduction
The fuel tank plug is on the rear right of the vehicle.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Fuel ⇒ page 177
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
WARNING
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire re-
sulting in serious burns and injuries.
● Always make sure that you correctly close the fuel tank flap to avoid
evaporation and fuel spillage.
● Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable substances that can
cause serious burns and injuries.
● Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine is not switched off or if the
filler fuel nozzle is not fully inserted into the tank filler mouth when refu-
elling. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
● When refuelling, turn off the engine and turn off the ignition for safe-
ty reasons.
● Always turn off mobile telephones, radio system apparatus and other
radio wave emitting equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic waves
could cause sparks and lead to a fire.
WARNING (Continued)
● Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it is absolutely necessary
to enter the vehicle, close the door and touch a metal surface before
touching the filler nozzle again. This will prevent the generation of static
electricity. Sparks could cause a fire when refuelling.
● Never handle fuel close to open flames, sparks or objects with slow
combustion (e.g. cigarettes).
● Avoid static electricity and electro-magnetic radiation when refuel-
ling.
● Observe the safety regulations of the service station.
● Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend carrying a spare fuel canis-
ter in the vehicle. Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all in case of
an accident and this applies to a full container as well as empty contain-
ers. This could lead to explosions, fires and injuries.
● Observe the following if you exceptionally have to carry fuel in a can-
ister:
– Never place a fuel container, to fill it, inside the vehicle or on the
vehicle, for example, in the luggage compartment. Filling in these cir-
cumstances could create an electrostatic charge and spark that could
ignite fuel fumes.
– Always place the canister on the ground to fill it.
– Insert the fuel nozzle into the mouth of the canister as far as possi-
ble.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
172 At the filling station
WARNING (Continued)
– If you are using a metal fuel canister, the nozzle must always touch
the canister while it is being filled to avoid static electricity.
– Follow the legal requirements for the use, storage and transport of
spare fuel canisters.
– Insure that the fuel container complies with manufacturing stand-
ards, for example, ANSI or ASTM F852-86.
CAUTION
● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid dam-
age to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
● Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can cause serious engine and fuel
system damage; the resulting malfunctions are not covered by the SEAT
warranty. If you refuel with the wrong type of fuel, never start the engine.
This applies to even the smallest amount of the wrong fuel. You should ob-
tain professional assistance. With the engine running, the composition of
the wrong fuel could significantly damage the fuel system and the engine
itself.
For the sake of the environment
Fuels can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and
allow a professional to dispose of them.
Control lamps and fuel gauge
Fig. 105 On the instru-
ment panel: fuel gauge
for petrol
Fig. 106 On the instru-
ment panel: fuel gauge
for petrol
The fuel gauge can vary depending on the vehicle equipment ⇒ Fig. 105
or ⇒ Fig. 106.
173At the filling station
lights up
Gauge position
⇒ Fig. 105
Possible cause ⇒
Solution
a)
Red mark (ar-
row)
The fuel tank is almost
empty.
The reserve tank is being
used ⇒ page 290.
Refuel as soon as
possible ⇒
.
–
The vehicle is running in
natural gas operating
mode.
–
a)
This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the instrument panel ⇒ Fig. 105.
flashes
for about
10 sec-
onds
State of the
bars
Possible cause ⇒
Solution
and
the seg-
ments re-
maining
a)
Reserve zone
(four small seg-
ments)
The fuel tank is almost
empty.
The reserve tank is being
used ⇒ page 290.
Refuel as soon as
possible ⇒
.
–
The vehicle is running in
natural gas operating
mode.
–
a)
This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the instrument panel display.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
In natural gas engines
The warning lamp lights up when both fuel types (petrol and natural gas)
have reached reserve level.
The warning lamp lights up when the vehicle is running in natural gas op-
erating mode.
The warning lamp switches off when the natural gas is exhausted. The
engine changes to operate with petrol.
Problem: If the vehicle is left parked for a long time immediately after refuel-
ling, the gas level indicator does not accurately indicate the same level
shown after refuelling when the vehicle is started up again. This is not due
to a leak in the system, but to a drop in pressure in the gas tank for techni-
cal reasons after a cooling phase immediately after refuelling.
WARNING
Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could result in the vehicle breaking
down in traffic and a serious accident.
● If the fuel level is too low then the fuel supply to the engine can be-
come irregular especially on slopes.
● If the engine “is choked” or stalls due to lack of or irregularity of the
fuel supply, the power steering as well as all of the driver assistance sys-
tems including braking assistance will stop working.
● Always refuel when there is only one quarter of the fuel tank left to
avoid running out of fuel.
CAUTION
● Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descrip-
tions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An irregular fuel supply may lead
to ignition faults and unburnt fuel could enter the exhaust system. This
could damage the catalytic converter.
Note
The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on the instrument panel ⇒ Fig. 105
indicates the side of the vehicle on which the fuel tank plug is located.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
174 At the filling station
Refuelling with petrol
Fig. 107 Open fuel tank
flap with tank plug at-
tached to the holder
Before refuelling, always turn off the engine, the ignition, mobile tele-
phones, auxiliary heating and keep them off during refuelling.
Opening the fuel tank flap
● The fuel tank plug is at the rear of the vehicle on the right.
● Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to open.
● Unfold the key shaft if necessary
⇒
page 28.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug and turn
the key in an anticlockwise direction.
● Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in an anticlockwise direction
and rest it on the upper part of the fuel tank flap
⇒
Fig. 107.
Refuelling
The correct petrol type for the vehicle is located on a sticker inside the fuel
tank flap
⇒
page 177.
● If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly, it will switch itself off
as soon as the fuel tank is full ⇒
.
● Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off! Otherwise, this will fill the ex-
pansion chamber and fuel may leak out if the ambient conditions are warm.
Closing the fuel tank flap
● Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clockwise direction until it is fully
inserted with a click.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug, turn the
key in a clockwise direction and remove the key.
● Press the tank flap until it clicks into place. The fuel tank flap must be
flush with the body contour.
WARNING
Do not continue refuelling once the fuel nozzle has switched itself off.
The fuel tank may be filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt out and
spill. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
CAUTION
● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid dam-
age to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
For the sake of the environment
Fuels can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and
allow a professional to dispose of them.
175At the filling station
Refuelling with natural gas
Fig. 108 Tank flap open:
gas filler mouth
1
, filler
mouth retainer
2
Before refuelling, the engine and the ignition, mobile telephone and heat-
ing must be switched off separately
⇒
.
It is also essential to carefully read the instructions for the natural gas
pump.
The vehicle is not prepared for refuelling with liquefied natural gas (LNG)
⇒
. Before refuelling with natural gas, make sure to add the appropriate
type of fuel.
Opening the fuel tank cap
The natural gas filler mouth is behind the fuel tank cap, next to the petrol
filler mouth.
● Unlock the vehicle with the key or with the central locking button situ-
ated on the driver door
⇒
page 36.
● Press on the rear area of the flap and open it.
Refuelling
Problem: If the ambient temperature is very high, the natural gas pump pro-
tection against overheating disconnects this automatically.
● Remove the plug from the gas filler mouth ⇒ Fig. 108
1
.
● Connect the pump filling nozzle to the gas filler mouth.
● The fuel tank will be full when the pump compressor automatically cuts
the supply.
● If you wish to finish refuelling in advance, press the button on the pump
to stop the flow.
Closing the fuel tank flap
● Check that the gas filler mouth retainer
2
is not trapped with the filler
nozzle. If necessary, place it in the filler mouth again.
● Insert the plug in the filler mouth.
● Close the tank flap. Make sure you hear it click into place.
WARNING
Natural gas is a highly explosive, easily flammable substance. Incorrect
handling of the natural gas can cause accidents serious burns and other
injuries.
● Before refuelling with natural gas, the filling mouth must be correctly
engaged. If you can smell gas, stop refuelling immediately.
WARNING
The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied natural gas (LNG) and this
fuel must not be added under any circumstances. Liquefied natural gas
can cause the natural gas tank to explode resulting in serious injury.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
176 At the filling station
Note
● The filling nozzles of natural gas pumps can differ in the way they are
operated. If you are unacquainted with the pump, it is advisable that a
member of staff of the service station performs the refuelling operation.
● Noises heard when refuelling are normal and do not indicate the pres-
ence of a fault in the system.
● The vehicle natural gas system is prepared both for refuelling with a
small compressor (slow refuel) and a large compressor (fast refuel) in natu-
ral gas service stations.
Refuelling precautions
Checklist
Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not famil-
iar with the operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards
and if you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary
⇒ page 180, Working in the engine compartment! In such a case, have any
work carried out by a Specialised workshop. Check the following regularly,
preferably when you refuel:
¥
Windscreen washer fluid level ⇒ page 91
¥
Engine oil level ⇒ page 185
¥
Engine coolant level ⇒ page 189
¥
Brake fluid level ⇒ page 134
¥
Tyre pressure ⇒ page 210
¥
Vehicle lighting required to guarantee road safety:
– Turn signals
– Side lights, dipped beam and main beam headlights
– Rear lights
– Brake lights
– Rear fog light ⇒ page 84
Information on bulb replacement ⇒ page 264.
177At the filling station
Fuel
Introduction
You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing information on the type of
fuel for your vehicle on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
Additional information and warnings:
● ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
● Refuelling ⇒ page 171
● Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system
⇒ page 236
WARNING
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire re-
sulting in serious burns and injuries.
● Fuel is a highly explosive, easily flammable substance.
● Observe current safety instructions and local regulations concerning
the handling of fuel.
Types of fuel
The type of fuel to use when refilling will depend on the vehicle's engine.
You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing information on the type of
fuel for your vehicle on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
SEAT recommends the use of sulphur-free or low sulphur fuel to reduce con-
sumption and prevent engine damage.
Possible types of
fuel
Alternative names Further information
91
a)
RON Normal petrol, normal unlea-
ded petrol
⇒ page 177
95
a)
RON Premium unleaded petrol (95
RON)
98
a)
RON Premium unleaded petrol (98
RON)
a)
RON = Regulation Octane Number
Petrol
Petrol types
Vehicles with petrol engines must refuel using unleaded petrol according to
European norm EN 228 ⇒
.
Petrol types are categorised according to their octane number (e.g. 91, 95,
98 or 99 RON (RON = “Research Octane Number”). You may use petrol with
a high octane number than the one recommended for your engine. Howev-
er, this has no advantage in terms of fuel consumption and engine power.
SEAT recommends refuelling with a low sulphur content or sulphur-free fuel
to reduce fuel consumption for petrol engines.
Petrol additives
The quality of the fuel influences running behaviour, performance and serv-
ice life of the engine. Therefore, it is recommended to refuel with good qual-
ity petrol containing the corresponding petrol additives. These additives will
help to prevent corrosion, keep the fuel system clean and prevent deposits
from building up in the engine.
If good quality petrol with additives are not available or engine problems
arise, the necessary additives must be added when refuelling ⇒
.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
178 At the filling station
Not all petrol additives have been shown to be effective. The use of unsuita-
ble petrol additives could seriously damage the engine and the catalytic
converter. Petrol additives with metal additives must never be used.
Available petrol additives for improvements in Anti-detonation ratings or oc-
tane ratings may contain metal additives ⇒
.
SEAT recommends “Genuine SEAT Additives for petrol engines”. These addi-
tives are available from Specialised workshops, who will inform you of their
application.
CAUTION
● Only use fuel with an octane rating that is in line with the norm EN 228,
otherwise significant damage could be caused to the engine and fuel sys-
tem. Furthermore, it could lead to a loss of performance with the conse-
quent engine fault.
● The use of unsuitable petrol additives could seriously damage the en-
gine and the catalytic converter.
● If, in exceptional circumstances, petrol with a lower octane rating to that
recommended is used, only use moderate engine speeds and a light throt-
tle. Avoid using full throttle and overloading the engine. Otherwise engine
damage may occur. Fill up with fuel of a suitable octane rating as soon as
possible.
● Do not refuel if the filler indicates that the fuel contains metal. LRP (lead
replacement petrol) fuels also contain high concentrations of metal addi-
tives. This could damage the engine!
● Just filling one full tank of leaded fuel or with other metal additives
would seriously impair the efficiency of the catalytic converter and could
damage it.
Natural gas
Natural gas, in addition to others, can be in liquid form.
Liquefied natural gas (LNG) is the result of heavy cooling of natural gas.
Therefore its volume is considerably reduced compared with compressed
natural gas (CNG). In vehicles with a natural gas engine, liquefied natural
gas cannot be directly refilled, given that the gas would expand excessively
in the vehicle gas tank.
Therefore, vehicles with a natural gas engine must only be refuelled using
compressed natural gas ⇒
.
Natural gas quality and consumption
Natural gas is divided into the groups H and L depending on its quality.
Gas type H has a superior heating power and inferior nitrogen and carbon
dioxide content than type L. The higher the heating power of the natural
gas, the lower the consumption will be.
However, the heating power and the proportion of nitrogen and carbon di-
oxide can fluctuate within the quality groups. Therefore, vehicle consump-
tion can also vary when using one type of gas only.
The engine management automatically adapts to the natural gas used ac-
cording to its quality. Therefore, different quality gases can be mixed in the
tank, without the need for comprehensive draining before applying a differ-
ent quality gas.
Natural gas and safety
If you can smell gas or suspect that there is a leak ⇒
:
● Stop the vehicle immediately.
● Switch the ignition off.
● Open the doors to appropriately ventilate the vehicle.
● Immediately extinguish cigarettes.
● Move away from the vehicle or switch off objects that may cause sparks
or a fire.
● If you continue to smell gas, do not continue driving!
● You should obtain professional assistance. Have the fault repaired.
179At the filling station
WARNING
Failure to act when you can smell gas in the vehicle or when refuelling
can cause serious injuries.
● Carry out the necessary operations.
● Leave the danger zone.
● If necessary, warn the emergency services.
WARNING
The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied natural gas (LNG) and this
fuel must not be added under any circumstances. Liquefied natural gas
can cause the natural gas tank to explode resulting in serious injury.
Note
The natural gas system must be subject to regular inspections at a special-
ised workshop in accordance with the Service Plan.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
180 In the engine compartment
Care, cleaning and maintenance
In the engine compartment
Working in the engine compartment
Introduction
Before working in the engine compartment, make sure that the vehicle is
parked on horizontal and firm ground.
The engine compartment of the vehicle is a hazardous area. Never work on
the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not familiar with the op-
erations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and especially if
you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary ⇒
! In such
a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop. Negligent
work can cause serious injury.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Windscreen wash system ⇒ page 91
● Start and stop the engine ⇒ page 119
● Brake fluid ⇒ page 134
● Checks when filling up ⇒ page 171
● Engine oil ⇒ page 185
● Engine coolant ⇒ page 189
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 193
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could cause serious injury.
● Never work underneath the vehicle if it is not secured against moving.
If you must work underneath the vehicle with the wheels in contact with
the ground then it should be parked on flat ground, the wheels should be
prevented from moving and the key must be removed from the ignition.
● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable
stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!.
The jack is not intended for this kind of work and its failure could lead to
severe injuries.
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system.
WARNING
The engine compartment is a dangerous area capable of causing serious
injury.
● For all type of work, always take the utmost precautions, work care-
fully and note the general safety standards in force. Never take personal
risks.
● Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not
familiar with the necessary operations. If you are not sure about proce-
dures then visit a Specialised workshop to carry out the necessary work.
Incorrect work can cause serious injuries.
181In the engine compartment
WARNING (Continued)
● Never open the bonnet if you see steam or coolant escaping from the
engine compartment. Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious burns.
Always wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of steam or coolant
coming from the engine compartment.
● Always allow the engine to cool down before opening the bonnet.
● Contact with hot elements of the engine and the exhaust system can
cause burns.
● Once the engine has cooled, follow the instructions below before
opening the bonnet:
– Engage the handbrake and place the gear selector lever in P or the
gear stick in neutral.
– Remove the key from the ignition.
– Keep children away from the engine compartment and never leave
them unsupervised.
● When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised.
Do not unscrew the cap on the coolant expansion tank when the engine
is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns
and serious injury.
– After cooling, carefully and slowly unscrew the cap anticlockwise,
gently pressing down on it.
– Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and
steam using a large, thick cloth.
● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and
the exhaust system. Spilled liquids could cause a fire.
WARNING
The high voltages of the electrical system can give electric shocks as well
as causing burns and serious injury and possibly even death!
● Never cause short circuits in the electrical system. The battery could
explode.
● To minimise the risk of electric shock and serious consequences
while the engine is running or starting the engine, note the following:
– Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
WARNING
In the engine compartment, there are rotating parts that could cause se-
rious injury.
● Never place your hands directly on or near the radiator fan. Touching
the rotor blades could seriously harm you. The ventilator works accord-
ing to the engine temperature and could start suddenly even when the ig-
nition is turned off and the key is removed.
● If any work has to be performed when the engine is started or with
the engine running, there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety risk
from the rotating parts, such as the drive belts, alternator, radiator fan
etc as well as from the high-voltage ignition system. Always work with
the utmost caution.
– Always make sure that no parts of your body, jewellery, ties, loose
clothing and long hair can be trapped by the rotating parts of the en-
gine. Before any work, remove ties and jewellery ( necklaces, etc), tie
longhair back and tie all items of loose clothing to your body to make
sure that they cannot be trapped by engine components.
– Take extreme caution when operating the accelerator and remain
attentive. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake is applied.
● Always make sure you have not left any objects, such as cloths or
tools, in the engine compartment. If any object is left in the engine com-
partment, this could cause malfunctions, engine faults and even a fire.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
182 In the engine compartment
WARNING
Refill liquids and certain materials can catch fire easily in the engine
compartment, causing a fire and serious injury!
● Never smoke.
● Never work close to places exposed to flames or sparks.
● Never pour service fluids over the engine. These fluid may ignite hot
engine parts and cause injuries.
● If it is necessary to work on the fuel system or the electrical system,
please follow the instructions below:
– Always disconnect the vehicle battery.
– Never work close to heaters, heat sources or places exposed to
flames or sparks.
● Always keep a recently serviced and perfectly working fire extin-
guisher close by.
CAUTION
When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids
into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious
malfunctions and damage the engine!
For the sake of the environment
Service fluids leaks are harmful to the environment. For this reason you
should make regular checks on the ground underneath your vehicle. Take
the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil or
other fluids on the ground. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro-
fessional to dispose of them.
Preparing the vehicle for work in the engine compartment
Checklist
Carry out the operations below in the order indicated before starting work in
the engine compartment ⇒
:
¥
Park the vehicle on an even and solid surface.
¥
Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a stand-
still.
¥
Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 134.
¥
Move the gear lever into the neutral position ⇒ page 124.
¥
Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition ⇒ page 119.
¥
Wait for the engine to cool down.
¥
Always keep children and other people far from the engine compart-
ment.
¥
Ensure that the vehicle can not move off unexpectedly.
WARNING
Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe the
general rules of safety.
● Ignoring this checklist, drawn up for your own safety, could result in
serious injury.
183In the engine compartment
Opening and closing the bonnet
Fig. 109 A: Release lever in the footwell on the driver
side B: Release lever on the bonnet
Fig. 110 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet. D: Bon-
net supported by the bonnet securing rod
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
184 In the engine compartment
Opening the bonnet
● Before opening the bonnet, make sure that the windscreen wiper arms
are in place against the windscreen ⇒
.
● Pull the release lever
1
in the direction of the arrow ⇒ Fig. 109 A. The
bonnet is released from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism ⇒
.
● Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing the release lever
2
B in the
direction of the arrow to completely open the bonnet.
● Take out the bonnet support rod from its clip in the direction of the ar-
row
3
C and place it in the corresponding open position
4
D (arrow).
Closing the bonnet
● Slightly lift the bonnet ⇒
.
● Take out the bonnet support rod from the opening catch
4
D and insert
it into its clip
3
C in the opening catch.
● Let the bonnet fall from a height of 30 cm into its clip; Do not apply pres-
sure!
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it once again and close it correct-
ly.
The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush with the corresponding parts
on the bodywork.
WARNING
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could suddenly open while driving
leaving the driver without visibility. This could result in serious accident.
● After closing the bonnet, always check that it is properly secured by
the locking mechanism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet must be
flush with the surrounding body panels.
● While driving, if you notice that the bonnet is not correctly closed
then stop immediately and close it correctly.
● Only open and close the bonnet when there is nobody within its
range.
CAUTION
● To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the windscreen wiper arms, only
open the bonnet when the windscreen wipers are in place against the wind-
screen.
● Before driving, always lower the windscreen wiper arms.
185In the engine compartment
Engine oil
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause injury and serious burns.
● Always protect your eyes when handling engine oil.
● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.
● Engine oil must only be kept closed in its original container. The same
applies to use oil until it has been disposed of.
● Never store engine oil in empty food containers or bottles as other
people may accidentally drink it.
● Regular contact with engine oil can be bad for the skin. If you come
into contact with engine oil, wash your skin with soap and water.
● With the engine running, the engine oil gets extremely hot and can
cause severe skin burns. Always wait until the engine has fully cooled.
For the sake of the environment
Similar to the other service liquids, spilled engine oil can be bad for the en-
vironment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in
accordance with legislation and with the utmost respect for the environ-
ment.
Warning and control lamps
flashes Possible cause Solution
Engine oil pressure too low.
Stop the vehicle!
Switch off the engine. Check the
engine oil level, and if necessa-
ry, refill with ⇒ page 186.
engine oil - If the warning indica-
tor flashes although the oil level
is correct, do not continue driv-
ing or leave the engine running.
Otherwise, the engine could be
damaged. You should obtain
professional assistance.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Engine oil specifications
Replacement engine oil must strictly comply with the specifications.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
186 In the engine compartment
The correct oil must be used to ensure the correct operation and long serv-
ice life of the engine. The engine comes with a high-quality multigrade oil
that can generally be used all year round.
Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT standards whenever possible
⇒
. Only refill engine oil using approved engine oil in accordance with the
corresponding SEAT standard (⇒ table on page 186). All oils indicated are
synthetic multigrade oils.
Engine oils are being continuously further developed. Technical Services
are permanently informed of any modifications. SEAT therefore recommends
that you have the engine oil changed by a Technical Service.
Engines
Specifications of engine oil with a
service dependent on time/dis-
tance travelled
44 kW - 55 kW Petrol engines VW 504 00, VW 502 00
CAUTION
● Only use engine oils whose specifications are expressly approved by
SEAT. The use of any other type of engine oil could cause engine damage!
● No additives should be used with engine oil. Any damage caused by the
use of such additives would not be covered by the factory warranty.
Checking the engine oil level and topping up
Fig. 111 Marked engine
oil dipstick
Fig. 112 In the engine
compartment: Engine oil
filler cap
Preparations
● Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the engine oil reading is correct.
● The engine must be hot to be able to check the engine oil level. Stop the
engine and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the sump.
187In the engine compartment
● Open the bonnet ⇒ page 180.
● The engine oil filler mouth can be recognised by the symbol on the
cap ⇒ Fig. 112 and the dipstick by its coloured handle.
Check the engine oil level
● Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean cloth.
● Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as it will go. If the dipstick to
measure engine oil has a mark, when you reintroduce it this mark should
slot into the corresponding groove located on the upper end of the tube.
● Remove the dipstick again and check the engine oil level ⇒ table on
page 187.
● After reading the oil level, replace the dipstick in the tube completely.
Engine oil topping up ranges
Fig. 111
Operations required depending on the engine oil topping
up level:
Area
A
Do not top up oil ⇒ .
Area
B
You can add oil, but keep the level in this zone.
Area
C
Oil must be added. After topping up the oil level should be
in area
B
.
Adding oil after checking the level
Only add engine oil in small quantities and in steps.
● Unscrew the cap from engine oil filler mouth on the cylinder head
⇒ Fig. 112. If you are not sure where the cap is, request help from a special-
ist.
● Only refill using approved SEAT engine oil in small quantities (no more
than 0.5 ltr) ⇒ page 185.
● To avoid adding too much oil, each time you add a quantity, wait until
the oil has flowed into the crankcase so that it can be measured with the
dipstick.
● Check the oil level before adding any more oil. Do not top up with too
much engine oil ⇒
.
● When the oil level is in at least the ⇒ Fig. 111
B
zone, insert the dip-
stick into the tube fully to avoid engine oil escaping when the engine is run-
ning.
● After topping up the oil, ensure that the cap is screwed on to the filler
mouth correctly.
WARNING
Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact with hot engine components.
This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
● Always ensure that after topping of oil, the engine oil filler cap is cor-
rectly tightened. This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot engine parts
when the engine is running.
CAUTION
● If the engine oil level is above the area
A
do not start the engine. You
should obtain professional assistance. Otherwise catalytic converter and
engine damage may occur.
● When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liq-
uids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause seri-
ous malfunctions and damage the engine!
For the sake of the environment
The oil level must never be above area
A
. Otherwise oil can be drawn in
through the crankcase breather and escape into the atmosphere via the ex-
haust system.
Engine oil consumption
The consumption of engine oil can be different from one engine to another
and can vary during the useful life of the engine.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
188 In the engine compartment
Depending on how you drive and the conditions in which the vehicle is
used, oil consumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In the case of new vehi-
cles, the consumption can exceed this figure over 5000 kilometres. For this
reason the engine oil level must be checked at regular intervals, preferably
when filling the tank and before a journey.
When the engine is working hard, for instance during sustained high-speed
motorway cruising in summer, or when climbing mountain passes, the oil
level should preferably be kept within area ⇒ Fig. 111
A
.
Changing the engine oil
The engine oil must be changed regularly according to the specifications of
the Maintenance Programme.
Due to the problems linked with disposing of used oil and the need for suit-
able tools and special knowledge, always visit a Specialised workshop to
have the engine oil and filter changed. SEAT recommends visiting a Techni-
cal Service.
Detailed information on the service intervals are shown in the Maintenance
Programme.
Engine oil additives make new oil darker after the engine has been running
for a short period. This is normal and does not mean more frequent oil
changes are required.
WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must change the engine oil yourself,
please note the following:
● Wear eye protection.
WARNING (Continued)
● Always wait until the engine has completely cooled to avoid being
burned.
● Always keep your arms horizontal when unscrewing the oil drainage
bolt so that the oil does not run down your arms when it begins to drain.
● Use a suitable and large enough container to collect all of the used oil
in the engine.
● Never collect engine oil in empty food containers, cans, bottles and
other containers as not all people are able to identify engine oil.
● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.
For the sake of the environment
Before changing the engine oil, find a suitable location or service for proper
disposal.
For the sake of the environment
Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost respect for the environment.
Never dispose of used engine oil in places such as a garden, woods, drains,
roads, paths, rivers and drainage systems.
189In the engine compartment
Engine coolant
Introduction
Never work on the engine cooling system or if you are not familiar with the
operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and especially
if you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary ⇒
! In
such a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop. SEAT rec-
ommends visiting a Technical Service.
Negligent work can cause serious injury.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Engine coolant is toxic!
● Only keep engine coolant in its original container, tightly shut and in
a safe place.
● Never store engine coolant in empty food containers or bottles as
other people may accidentally drink it.
● Always keep engine coolant out of reach of children.
● Ensure that the proportion of engine coolant additive corresponds to
the lowest outside temperature to which the vehicle will be exposed.
● If the outside temperature is extremely low, the engine coolant could
freeze causing the vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating
to stop working, vehicle occupants without sufficient clothing could
freeze.
For the sake of the environment
Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt
fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation
and with the utmost respect for the environment.
Coolant warning lamp
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
lights
up
Possible cause Solution
Excessive engine coolant
temperature.
Stop the vehicle!
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as pos-
sible. Switch off the engine and let it
cool.
Insufficient engine cool-
ant level.
¡Stop the vehicle!
Check the engine coolant when the en-
gine has cooled and, if it is low, refill
with engine coolant ⇒ page 191.
Engine coolant system
faulty.
Do not drive any further.
Obtain professional assistance.
flash-
es
Possible cause Solution
Engine coolant system
faulty.
You should obtain professional assis-
tance.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
190 In the engine compartment
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Always observe any lit warning lamps.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Note
On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 222 an engine coolant temperature gauge can be seen.
Engine coolant specifications
The engine cooling system is supplied from the factory with a specially trea-
ted mixture of water and, at least, 40 % of the additive G 13 (TLVW 774 J).
The engine coolant additive is recognisable by its purple colour. This mix-
ture of water and additive gives the necessary frost protection down to
-25 °C (-13 °F) and protects the light alloy parts of the cooling system
against corrosion. It also prevents scaling and considerably raises the boil-
ing point of the coolant.
To protect the engine cooling system, the percentage of additive must al-
ways be at least 40 %, even in warm climates where anti-freeze protection is
not required.
If greater frost protection is required in very cold climates, the proportion of
additive can be increased. However, the percentage of additive should not
exceed 60 %, as this would reduce the frost protection and, in turn, de-
crease the cooling capacity.
When the coolant is topped up, use a mixture of distilled water and, at
least, 40 % of the G 13 or G 12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive (both are
purple) to obtain an optimum anticorrosion protection ⇒
. The mixture of
G 13 with G 12 plus (TL-VW 774 F), G 12 (red) or G 11 (green-blue) engine
coolants will significantly reduce the anticorrosion protection and should,
therefore be avoided ⇒
.
WARNING
If there is not enough anti-freeze in the coolant system, the engine may
fail leading to serious damage.
● Please make sure that the percentage of additive is correct with re-
spect to the lowest expected ambient temperature in the zone in which
the vehicle is to be used.
● When the outside temperature is very low, the coolant could freeze
and the vehicle would be immobilised. In this case, the heating would
not work either and inadequately dressed passengers could die of cold.
CAUTION
The original additives should never be mixed with coolants which are not
approved by SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing severe damage to
the engine and the engine cooling system.
● If the fluid in the expansion tank is not purple but is, for example,
brown, this indicates that the G 13 additive has been mixed with an inade-
quate coolant. The coolant must be changed as soon as possible if this is
the case! This could result in serious faults and engine damage.
For the sake of the environment
Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. If any fluids are
spilled, they should be collected and correctly disposed of, with respect to
the environment.
191In the engine compartment
Checking the engine coolant level and refilling
Fig. 113 In the engine
compartment: Marking
on coolant expansion
tank
Fig. 114 In the engine
compartment: Coolant
expansion tank cap
If the coolant level is low, the coolant warning indicator will light.
Preparations
● Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm ground.
● Allow the engine to cool ⇒
.
● Open the bonnet ⇒ page 180.
● The coolant expansion tank is easily recognisable because of the sym-
bol on the cap ⇒ Fig. 114.
Checking the engine coolant level
● When the engine is cold, check the coolant level using the side marking
on the expansion tank ⇒ Fig. 113.
● If the level is below the “MIN” mark, top up with coolant. When the en-
gine is hot it may be slightly above the marked area.
Topping up the engine coolant level
● Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam
using a large, thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank cap.
● Remove the cap very carefully ⇒
.
● Only refill using new engine coolant according to SEAT specifications
(⇒ page 190) ⇒
.
● The engine coolant level should be between the marks on the coolant
expansion tank ⇒ Fig. 113. Do not exceed the top level of the marked area
⇒
.
● Screw on the cap tightly.
● If, the event of an emergency, you have no coolant that is compliant to
the required specifications (⇒ page 190), never use another type of addi-
tive. Instead, first top up with distilled water ⇒
only. Then re-establish
the correct proportion of the mixture with the correct additive as soon as
possible ⇒ page 190.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
192 In the engine compartment
WARNING
Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious burns.
● Never open the coolant expansion tank if steam or coolant is coming
from the engine compartment. Wait until you cannot see or hear any
steam or coolant escaping.
● Always wait until the engine has completely cooled before very care-
fully opening the expansion tank cap. Contact with hot elements of the
engine can cause skin burns.
● Once the engine has cooled, follow the instructions below before
opening the bonnet:
– Engage the handbrake and place the gear selector lever in P or the
gear stick in neutral.
– Remove the key from the ignition.
– Keep children away from the engine compartment and never leave
them unsupervised.
● When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised.
Do not unscrew the cap on the coolant expansion tank when the engine
is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns
and serious injury.
– Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap anticlockwise, gently press-
ing down on it.
– Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and
steam using a large, thick cloth.
● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and
the exhaust system. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under specific cir-
cumstances, the ethylene glycol can catch fire.
CAUTION
● Top up with distilled water only. Any other type of water may lead to con-
siderable rusting in the engine due to its chemical components. This could
consequently damage the engine. If you have not used distilled water but
another type of water to top up the coolant, a Specialised workshop must
immediately replace all of the fluid in the engine cooling system.
● Only top up coolant to the top level of the marked area ⇒ Fig. 113. Oth-
erwise the excess coolant will be forced out of the cooling system when the
engine is hot, causing damage.
● If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait for the engine to cool down
completely before adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an indication of
leaks in the engine cooling system. Have the engine cooling system inspec-
ted immediately by a Specialised workshop. Otherwise engine damage may
occur.
● When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liq-
uids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause seri-
ous malfunctions and damage the engine!
193In the engine compartment
Vehicle battery
Introduction
The battery is a component of the vehicle's electrical system.
Never work on the electrical system without fully understanding the opera-
tions required, the applicable safety standards and without the correct tools
⇒
! In such a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop.
SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service. Negligent work can cause
serious injury.
Location of the vehicle battery
The battery is located in the engine compartment.
Explanation of the warning indications on the vehicle's battery
Symbol Meaning
Wear eye protection!
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. Always wear
protective gloves and eye protection!
Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking are prohibited.
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when
the battery is under charge.
Keep children away from acid and batteries!
Additional information and warnings:
● ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Working on the vehicle battery and the electrical system can cause corro-
sion, fire and electric shocks. Always read and take into account the fol-
lowing warnings and safety standards before carrying out any work:
● Before working on the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and
all electrical devices then disconnect the negative connection on the bat-
tery.
● Keep children away from acid and the battery itself!
● Wear eye protection.
● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause
blindness. When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of
acids, above all your hands, arms and face.
● Do not smoke and never work close to places exposed to flames or
sparks.
● Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges when working with cables
and electrical devices.
● Never short the battery terminals.
● Never use a damaged battery. It can explode. Replace a damaged bat-
tery immediately.
● Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as soon as possible. A flat bat-
tery can also freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
CAUTION
● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the en-
gine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic com-
ponents.
● Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight over a long period of time,
as the intense ultraviolet radiation can damage the battery housing.
● If the vehicle is left standing for long periods, protect the battery from
extreme cold temperature so that it does not “freeze up” and become dam-
aged.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
194 In the engine compartment
Warning lamp
lights
up
Possible cause Solution
Faulty generator.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
Have the electrical system
checked.
Disconnect any unnecessary
electrical consumers. The gener-
ator does not charge the battery
while the vehicle is in motion.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Checking the electrolyte level of the vehicle battery
Fig. 115 In the engine
compartment: Remove
the cover from the vehi-
cle's battery
The battery's electrolyte level should be checked regularly in high-mileage
vehicles, in hot countries and in older batteries. Other batteries do not re-
quire maintenance.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with special batter-
ies. For technical reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be checked in these
batteries.
Preparations
● Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine compartment
⇒
page 180
● Open the bonnet
⇒
page 180.
● Press on the tabs
⇒
Fig. 115 (arrows) in the direction of the arrows and
lift the battery cover up.
Checking the battery electrolyte level
● Make sure there is sufficient lighting to clearly recognise the colours.
Never use open flames or sparklers as a light source.
● Depending on the level of acid, the Magic eye on the top of the battery
will change colour.
195In the engine compartment
Colour indicator Necessary operations
light yellow or col-
ourless
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's battery is too low.
Have the battery checked and, where applicable, re-
placed by a Specialised workshop.
black The electrolyte level of the vehicle's battery is correct.
WARNING
Working with the vehicle battery involves a risk of corrosion, explosions
and electric shock.
● Always wear protective gloves and eye protection.
● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause
blindness. When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of
acids, above all your hands, arms and face.
● Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid could spill out of the open-
ings to release gases and cause corrosion damage.
● Never open the vehicle battery.
● If battery acid splashes on you, immediately rinse your eyes and skin
abundantly with water for several minutes. Then seek medical care imme-
diately.
● If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a doctor immediately.
Charging, replacing and connecting or disconnecting the
battery
Charging the battery
The vehicle battery should be charged by a specialised workshop only, as
batteries using special technology have been installed and they must be
charged in a controlled environment ⇒
. SEAT recommends visiting a
Technical Service.
Replacing a vehicle battery
The battery has been developed to suit the conditions of its location and
has special safety features. If the battery must be replaced, consult a Tech-
nical Service for information on electromagnetic compatibility, the size and
maintenance, performance and safety requirements of the new battery in
your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT recommends you have the bat-
tery replaced by a Technical Service.
Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries conforming to TL 825 06 and
VW 7 50 73 Standards. These standards must be dated April 2008 or later.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with a special bat-
tery. Therefore, this battery must only be replaced by another of the same
specifications.
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery
If you must disconnect the battery from the electrical system, please note
the following:
● Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
● The vehicle must be unlocked before disconnecting the battery, other-
wise the alarm will be triggered.
● First disconnect the negative cable and then the positive ⇒
.
Connecting the vehicle's battery
● Before reconnecting the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and
electric devices.
● First reconnect the positive cable and then the negative ⇒
.
Different control lamps may light up after connecting the battery and switch-
ing the ignition on. They will be turned off after a short trip at a speed of
between 15 - 20 km/h (10 - 12 mph). If the warning indicators remain lit,
please visit a specialised workshop to have the vehicle checked.
If the battery has been disconnected for a long time, it is possible that the
next service date is not displayed or calculated correctly ⇒ page 17. Respect
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
196 In the engine compartment
the maximum service intervals permitted ⇒ Booklet Maintenance
Programme.
Automatic consumer disconnection
The intelligent vehicle electrical system automatically implements a range
of measures to prevent the battery from discharging when high demands
are made on it:
● the idling speed is increased so that the alternator provides more elec-
tricity.
● where necessary, the power of the most powerful consumers is reduced
or even completely disconnected.
● On starting the engine, the power supply from the 12-volt socket and
the cigarette lighter may be interrupted for a short time.
The on-board management program cannot always prevent the battery from
running flat. For example, if the ignition is left on for a long period with the
engine off or if the side lights or parking lights are left on while the vehicle
is stationary.
Why the battery runs flat:
● When stationary for a long time without starting the engine, particularly
if the ignition is switched on.
● Use of electrical consumers with the engine switched off.
WARNING
Incorrectly securing the battery or using the wrong battery can cause
short-circuits, fire and serious injuries.
● Always use only maintenance free batteries, protected to prevent a
leak, and whose properties, specifications and size correspond to the
standard battery.
WARNING
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under
charge.
● The batteries should be charged in a well-ventilated room only.
● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can al-
so freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
● Always replace a battery which has frozen.
● Battery cables not correctly connected may cause a short circuit. Re-
connect first the positive cable and then the negative cable.
CAUTION
● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the en-
gine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic com-
ponents.
● Never plug accessories supply current, such as solar panels or a battery
charger, to the 12-volt socket or the cigarette lighter. This could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of the battery in an environment-friendly manner. Batteries contain
toxic substances such as sulphuric acid and lead.
For the sake of the environment
Battery acid can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service flu-
ids and allow a dispose of them correctly.
197Vehicle care and maintenance
Vehicle care and maintenance
Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior
Introduction
Regular maintenance and washing help to maintain the value of the vehicle.
This may also be one of the requirements for acknowledging warranty
claims in the event of bodywork corrosion or paint defects.
Products suitable for the care of your vehicle are available at any Technical
Service.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 205
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Vehicle care products may be toxic and hazardous. If vehicle care prod-
ucts are not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in acci-
dent, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● Vehicle care products must always be stored in the original container
which should be kept closed.
● Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
● To prevent confusion, never store vehicle care products in empty food
cans, bottles or other containers.
● Keep all care products out of reach of children.
WARNING (Continued)
● Harmful vapours may be produced when using vehicle care products.
Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or
in the open air.
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly
flammable.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the ve-
hicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe injury.
● Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in ac-
cordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
● Only use approved or recommended care products.
CAUTION
Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
For the sake of the environment
Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty
water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from entering the
drains. In some districts, washing vehicles outside wash bays is prohibited.
For the sake of the environment
Where possible, always use products which respect the environment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
198 Vehicle care and maintenance
For the sake of the environment
The remains of vehicle care products should not be disposed of with ordina-
ry household waste. Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
Washing the vehicle
The longer substances such as insects, bird droppings, resinous tree sap,
road dirt, industrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and other aggressive ma-
terials remain on the vehicle, the more damage they do to the paintwork.
High temperatures (for instance due to strong sunlight) further intensify the
corrosive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should also be thoroughly wash-
ed at regular intervals.
Automatic car washes
Always observe the instructions provided at the automatic car wash. The
standard precautionary measures prior to entering the car wash should be
taken to avoid damage to the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior mir-
rors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional components (spoiler, roof-rack,
aerial...), check with the car wash supervisor whether these can enter the
car wash ⇒
.
The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the vehicle can normally be washed
without problems in an automatic car washing tunnel. However, wear and
damage to the paintwork will depend on the type of car wash used. SEAT
recommends the use of car washes without brushes.
To remove traces of wax on windows and to prevent wiper blades from
scratching, please observe the following ⇒ page 200, Cleaning windows
and exterior mirrors.
Washing the vehicle by hand
When washing the vehicle by hand, use plenty of water to soften the dirt
first, and rinse off as well as possible.
Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge, glove or brush using only slight
pressure. Start at the roof and work downwards. Special vehicle shampoo
should only be used for very persistent dirt.
Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and often.
Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned last. Use a second sponge for
this.
WARNING
Sharp components on the vehicle may cause injury.
● Protect arms and hands from sharp edges when cleaning the vehicle
undercarriage or the interior of the wheel hubs.
WARNING
After the vehicle has been washed, the braking effect will be reduced
(and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter)
on the brakes.
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
CAUTION
● The temperature of the water must not exceed +60 °C (+140 °F).
● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.
● Do not use rough sponges or similar which could damage the surface to
clean away the traces of insects.
● Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth or sponge, always moisten
first. It is best to use soapy water.
● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: When washing the vehicle
with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around
the doors, rear lid, or sunroof. Locks and seals could freeze!
199Vehicle care and maintenance
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehicle, please observe the following before en-
tering an automatic car wash:
● Compare the distance between the vehicle wheels and the distance be-
tween the guide-rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the wheels and
tyres!
● Switch off the rain sensor before taking the vehicle to an automatic car
wash.
● Compare the height and width of your vehicle with the available height
and width when entering and driving through the car wash!
● Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retractable exterior mirrors must NOT
be folded in or out by hand. Always use the electrical power control.
● To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork, rest the windscreen wipers on
the windscreen after drying the wiper blades. Do not let them fall!
● Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening unexpectedly while inside
the car wash.
Washing the vehicle with high pressure cleaning apparatus
When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pressure cleaner, always follow the
operating instructions for the equipment. Pay special attention to the re-
quired pressure of the jet and the distance between the jet and the vehicle
⇒
.
Keep a suitable distance from soft materials, such as rubber hoses or insu-
lating material, and from the parking distance warning system sensors. The
sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the rear
bumper ⇒
.
Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out in a direct stream or one that
has a rotating jet for forcing off dirt ⇒
.
WARNING
The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning equipment could result in
permanent damage, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other materials.
This could result in serious accident.
● Ensure there is a suitable distance between the nozzle and the tyres.
● Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or so-called “dirt blasters”.
Even at large spraying distances and short cleaning times, you may dam-
age the tyres.
WARNING
After the vehicle has been washed, the braking effect will be reduced
(and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter)
on the brakes.
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
CAUTION
● The temperature of the water must not be above +60 °C (+140 °F).
● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.
● To ensure that the system functions well, the sensors located on the
bumper must be kept clean and free from ice. When cleaning with pressure
hoses and steam cleaners, the sensors should be sprayed only briefly. A
distance of 10 cm between the sensors and the steam / hose nozzle must
be observed.
● Do not use a high pressure cleaner to remove ice or snow from windows
● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: When washing the vehicle
with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around
the doors, rear lid, or sunroof. Locks and seals could freeze!
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
200 Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
Spray windows and exterior windows with a standard window cleaner con-
taining alcohol.
Dry the windows with a clean chamois leather or a lint-free cloth. The cha-
mois leathers used on painted surfaces are not suitable for cleaning win-
dows because they are soiled with wax deposits which could smear the win-
dows.
Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to clean rubber, oil, grease and
silicone deposits off ⇒
.
Removing wax deposits
Automatic car washes and certain vehicle care products may leave wax de-
posits on the windows. These deposits can only be removed with a special
product or cleaning cloths. If wax deposits are left on the windscreen and
the rear window, the blades can scratch the glass. SEAT recommends you
wipe the wax deposits off the windscreen and the rear window with a soft
cloth each time after you have washed the vehicle.
A window cleaning detergent which helps to dissolve the wax may be added
to the windscreen washer fluid to prevent the wiper blades from scratching
the windscreen. Please ensure the you add the cleaning product in the cor-
rect proportions. Products for removing grease do not eliminate the wax de-
posits ⇒
.
Special cleaning products or window cloths are available at any Technical
Service. To remove wax deposits, SEAT recommends the following products:
● For the hottest time of the year: the window cleaner for summer
use G 052 184 A1. Proportion 1:100 (1 part detergent, 100 parts water) in
the windscreen washer bottle.
● All year round: the window cleaner G 052 164 A2; proportion 1:2 in
windscreen washer bottle (1 part concentrate, 2 parts water) in winter, up to
-18 °C (-0.4 °F), or 1:4, during the rest of the year.
● Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all windows and exterior mirrors.
Removing snow
Use a small brush to remove snow from the windows and exterior mirrors.
Removing ice
If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove ice. If you use an ice scraper,
push it in one direction only without swinging it. If you pull the scraper
backwards, the dirt may scratch the window.
WARNING
Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in all directions and increase
the risk of accident and serious injury.
● Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows!
● Remove ice and snow from the windows and demist inside and out.
CAUTION
● Never mix our cleaning products with other products not recommended
by SEAT in the windscreen washer bottle. This could lead to flocculation and
may block the windscreen washer jets.
● Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice or snow from the windows
and exterior mirrors. The glass could crack!
● The heating element for the rear window is located on the inner side of
the window. Do not stick adhesive labels over the heating elements and
never clean the inside of the rear window with corrosive or acid products or
other similar chemical cleaning products.
201Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning and changing windscreen wiper blades
Fig. 116 Changing the
front windscreen wiper
blades
Fig. 117 Changing the
rear wiper blade
The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as standard with a layer of graph-
ite. This layer is responsible for ensuring that the wipe is silent. If the graph-
ite layer is damaged, the noise of the water as it is wiped across the wind-
screen will be louder.
Check the condition of the wiper blades regularly. If the wipers scrape
across the glass they should be changed if they are damaged, or cleaned if
they are dirty ⇒
.
Damaged wiper blades should be replaced immediately. Blades are availa-
ble from Specialised workshops.
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms
The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point where it is fastened to the
blade.
For windscreen wipers, please note: the windscreen wiper should be in
service position before unfolding it ⇒ page 91.
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the windscreen wiper
blades.
● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or damp cloth may be used ⇒
.
Changing the front windscreen wiper blades
● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
● Hold down the release button ⇒ Fig. 116
1
while gently pulling the
wiper blade in the direction of the arrow.
● Fit a new wiper blade of the same length and design on to the wiper arm
and hook it into place.
● Rest the wiper arms back onto the windscreen.
Changing the rear wiper blade
● Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at an angle of approximately
60° ⇒ Fig. 117.
● Press and hold the release button
1
.
● Fold the wiper blade towards the windscreen wiper arm ⇒ Fig. 117 (ar-
row
A
) while simultaneously pulling in the direction of arrow
B
. This may
require some strength.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
202 Vehicle care and maintenance
● Insert a new blade of the same length and type in the windscreen wiper
arm in the opposite direction to the arrow
B
and hook into place. This fea-
ture is operational when the blade is in position (arrow
A
).
● Return the windscreen wiper arm to the windscreen. Do not let it simply
drop down!
WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of acci-
dent and serious injury.
● Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean
the windscreen correctly.
CAUTION
● Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could scratch the glass.
● If products containing solvents, rough sponges or sharp objects are
used to clean the blades, the graphite layer will be damaged.
● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint thinner or similar products to
clean the windows.
Note
If wax deposits, other cleaning products from the automatic car wash, or
other care products, are left on the windscreen and the rear window, the
blades can scratch the glass. Remove wax deposits with a special product
or cleaning cloths.
Caring for and polishing the vehicle paintwork
Waxing
Regular waxing protects the paintwork. It is time to apply a good coat of wax
when water no longer forms droplets and rolls off the clean paintwork.
Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the automatic car wash, SEAT rec-
ommends protecting the paint with a hard wax coating at least twice a year.
Polishing
Polishing is only necessary if the paint has lost its shine, and the gloss can-
not be brought back by applying wax.
If the polish does not contain wax, a wax product should be applied after
polishing.
CAUTION
● To prevent damage, vehicle polish or hard wax should not be used on
components painted in matt paint, plastic components and the glass head-
lamp and tail light covers.
● Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or dusty environment.
Care and cleaning of chrome and aluminium wheel rims
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free, smooth cloth to clean anodized surfaces.
● If there is a lot of dirt, use a special cleaning product which does not
contain solvents.
● Then, polish the chrome and aluminium wheel trims with a smooth dry
cloth.
CAUTION
In order to prevent damage to the aluminium and chrome wheel trims:
● Do not clean or polish them in direct sunlight.
● Do not clean or polish them in sandy or dusty environments.
● Do not use abrasive cleaning agents such as home cream cleaners.
● Do not use insect sponges, scouring pads, or similar products to clean
insect deposits.
203Vehicle care and maintenance
● Do not polish dirty surfaces.
● Do not use products containing solvents.
● Do not use hard wax.
CAUTION
Chrome hub caps or wheel covers may have been painted additionally. Do
not treat them with aluminium or chrome wax products, nor chrome or alu-
minium polish. Instead, use commercial paint wax or polish.
Cleaning wheels
Cleaning steel wheels
Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake dust. Therefore, clean wheel rims
regularly with a separate sponge.
Any damage to the paint on steel wheel rims should be touched up before
the metal starts to rust.
Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels
Remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels approximately
once a fortnight. Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel rims. SEAT
recommends treating the wheel rims thoroughly with a hard wax about
once every three months.
It is important to remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels at
regular intervals, otherwise the finish will be impaired.
Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy wheel rims. Vehicle polish or oth-
er abrasive agents should not be used.
If the protective coating on the paint has been damaged (for example, hit by
a stone), it should be repaired immediately.
Caring for rubber seals
The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., remain flexible, provide a better
seal and last longer if they are regularly treated with a product specifically
designed for use on rubber.
Before applying the product, use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from
the rubber seals.
De-icing the door lock cylinder
To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend the use of genuine SEAT spray
with lubricating and anti-corrosive properties.
CAUTION
The use of products containing degreasing agents to de-ice the locks may
rust the lock cylinder.
Protection of vehicle undercarriage
The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it from chemical and mechanical
damage. The protective coat on the undercarriage may wear through use
while driving. Therefore, SEAT recommends that the protective coating on
the undercarriage and on the running gear should be regularly checked, and
repaired if necessary.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
204 Vehicle care and maintenance
WARNING
Additional underseal or anti-corrosion products could catch fire due to
the high temperatures reached by the exhaust gas system and other en-
gine components.
● Do not apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion products to the
exhaust pipes, catalytic converters, heat shields or other parts of the ve-
hicle which reach high temperatures.
Cleaning the engine compartment
The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially hazardous
area ⇒ page 180.
The engine compartment should only be cleaned by qualified personnel. If
it is not correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating and consequently elec-
trical components may be damaged. Moreover, water may filter directly into
the vehicle interior through the water chamber ⇒
.
If the engine compartment is very dirty, always take the vehicle to a Special-
ised workshop for professional cleaning. SEAT recommends visiting a Tech-
nical Service.
Water box
The water box is in the engine compartment, between the windscreen and
the engine, and beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in through the wa-
ter box from outside to the vehicle interior via the heating and air condition-
ing system.
Leaves and other loose objects should be regularly cleaned away from the
water box either by hand or with a vacuum.
WARNING
When working on the engine or in the engine compartment, there is a
risk of injury, burns, accident or fire.
● Before starting work, please ensure you are familiar with the required
procedure and the safety precautions ⇒ page 180.
● SEAT recommends you have this work performed by a specialised
workshop.
CAUTION
If water is manually poured into the water box (for example, using a high
pressure cleaning appliance), this could cause significant damage to the ve-
hicle.
For the sake of the environment
Only wash the engine compartment in areas allocated for this purpose, to
prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from
entering the drains. In some districts, the engine compartment may not be
washed outside the wash bays provided for this purpose.
205Vehicle care and maintenance
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior
Introduction
The dye from many items of modern clothing (e.g. dark jeans) is not always
solid enough. Seat upholstery (material and leather), especially when light-
coloured, may visibly discolour if the dye comes out of clothing (even when
used correctly). This is not an upholstery defect but indicates that the dye in
the item of clothing is not solid enough.
Additional information and warnings:
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 197
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
WARNING
Vehicle care products may be toxic and hazardous. If vehicle care prod-
ucts are not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in acci-
dent, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● Vehicle care products must always be stored in the original container
which should be kept closed.
● Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
● To prevent confusion, never store vehicle care products in empty food
cans, bottles or other containers.
● Keep all care products out of reach of children.
● Harmful vapours may be produced when using vehicle care products.
Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or
in the open air.
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly
flammable.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the ve-
hicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe injury.
● Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in ac-
cordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
● Only use approved or recommended care products.
CAUTION
● Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
● To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a specialised
workshop.
Note
Suitable vehicle care products are available from your Technical Service.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
206 Vehicle care and maintenance
Treating your upholstery
Check list
For information on how to treat and care for the vehicle upholstery, please
bear the following in mind ⇒
:
¥
Before entering the vehicle, fasten all Velcro fastenings which could
come into contact with upholstery and coverings. If the Velcro fasten-
ings on upholstery and material covers are not securely fastened,
this could damage them.
¥
To prevent damage, do not allow the upholstery or covers to come
into contact with sharp or decorative objects. Decorative objects
such as zips, rivets and rhinestones on clothing and belts.
¥
Dust and grit in the pores and seams should be removed regularly to
prevent them scratching and damaging the surface.
¥
Always check that the dyes used in clothing are fast to prevent them
from staining the upholstery. This is particularly true for clear-col-
oured upholstery.
CAUTION
Failure to observe the instructions in the check list for caring for your up-
holstery could result in damage or discolouration of the upholstery and cov-
ers.
● Always follow the check list and perform the necessary operations.
Note
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to treat
any stains on the upholstery caused by the discolouration of clothing.
Padding and fabric trim cleaning
Normal cleaning
● Before applying cleaning products, please read the instructions for han-
dling and the warnings shown on the container.
● The upholstery, textile covers, and carpet should be regularly vacuumed
(with vacuum brush).
● We recommend that you use a soft sponge or lint-free, micro-fibre cloth
for normal cleaning ⇒
.
General superficial dirt on upholstery and textile covers can be cleaned with
a normal foam cleaning product.
If the upholstery and the material trims are very dirty, we recommend you
have them cleaned by a specialist cleaning form.
Cleaning stains
It may be necessary to clean the whole surface and not only the stain itself.
Especially if the surface has been dirtied through normal use. Otherwise,
the stained area may become lighter than the rest of the surface after treat-
ment.
207Vehicle care and maintenance
Type of stain Cleaning the vehicle
Water-based stains,
e.g. coffee or fruit
juice.
– Use a sponge and wipe with a solution of water
and wool wash.
– Dry with a dry, absorbent cloth.
Persistent stains,
e.g. chocolate or
make-up.
– Apply a washing paste
a)
directly to the stain and
allow it to work.
– Apply clean water using a sponge or damp cloth to
remove the cleaning product deposits.
– Dry with a dry absorbent cloth.
Grease-based
stains, e.g. oil or lip-
stick.
– Apply neutral soap or cleaning paste
a)
and allow it
to work.
– Remove dissolved grease or colour particles with
an absorbent cloth.
– Then apply clean water. Take care not to soak the
upholstery.
a)
Bile soap can be used as a cleaning paste.
CAUTION
Brushes should only be used to clean the mats and floor mat! Other surfa-
ces may be damaged if a brush is used.
CAUTION
Do not use steam cleaning equipment, as the dirt becomes more encrusted
in the material when steam is applied.
CAUTION
Never use brushes for cleaning damp material as they could damage the
surface.
Cleaning storage compartments, drinks holders and
ashtray
Fig. 118 In the front part
of the centre console:
Storage compartment
with cup holder
Fig. 119 Ashtray re-
moved and open with
area to stub cigarettes
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
208 Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning storage compartments and drinks holders
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.
● If this does not provide satisfactory results, we recommend using a spe-
cial solvent-free plastic cleaning product.
Cleaning the ashtray
● Extract the ashtray and empty it.
● Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth.
Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from the area where cigarettes are
stubbed out ⇒ Fig. 119.
Care and cleaning of plastic parts, wooden trim and the
dash panel
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.
● Clean plastic parts (inside and outside the vehicle) and the dash panel
with a special solvent-free product for the care and cleaning of plastic, ap-
proved by SEAT ⇒
.
● Wash wooden trims with a mild soap and water solution.
● Clean the Portable Navigation System housing (Supplied by SEAT) with a
dry cloth only.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If
an airbag is accidentally triggered, the detachment of plastic parts could
cause serious injury.
● Never clean the dash panel and the surfaces of the airbag modules
with cleaners containing solvents.
CAUTION
When cleaning the instrument panel, be careful not to dampen the Portable
Navigation System connections as this can damage the electrical installa-
tion.
Cleaning seat belts
If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor may not work correctly thus
preventing the seat belt from operating correctly.
The seat belts should never be removed from the vehicle for cleaning.
● Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt ⇒
.
● Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out.
● Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap and water solution.
● Wait until they are completely dry.
● Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is completely dry.
WARNING
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If the web-
bing or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the vehicle should be
taken to a Specialised workshop immediately and the belts should be re-
placed. It is extremely dangerous to drive using damaged seat belts and
could result in serious injury or loss of life.
● Seat belts and their components must never be cleaned with chemi-
cal products, nor should they be allowed to come into contact with corro-
sive liquids, solvents or sharp objects. This could affect the strength of
the seat belt webbing.
209Vehicle care and maintenance
WARNING (Continued)
● Seat belts should be completely dry before retracting. Damp could
damage the belt retractor so that it is does not operate correctly.
● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to enter the buckle fastenings.
This could damage the buckles and seat belts.
● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself.
● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts
approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been
worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a Specialised
workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent dam-
age. The belt anchor points should also be checked.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
210 Vehicle care and maintenance
Wheels and tyres
Introduction
SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and wheels is carried out by a Speci-
alised workshop. They have the necessary special tools and replacement
parts, trained personnel and facilities for disposing of the old tyres. SEAT
recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 134
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 197
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 233
● Vehicle tool kit ⇒ page 246
● Wheel trims ⇒ page 248
● Change wheel ⇒ page 250
● Tire Mobility Set ⇒ page 256
WARNING
The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or braked if the tyres (new or
used) are worn or damaged.
● Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could make driving more dangerous
and result in serious accidents and damage.
● All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size
(rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
● New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their
maximum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in.
To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be tak-
en for the first 600 km (400 miles).
WARNING (Continued)
● Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure they are maintained at the
pressures indicated. If the tyre pressure is too low, the tyres could over-
heat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres.
● Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut, cracked or dented) or worn
tyres. Driving on damaged or worn tyres could result in burst tyres, seri-
ous accidents or damage. Worn or damaged tyres must be replaced im-
mediately.
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the
type of tyre fitted on your vehicle.
● The efficiency of driver and brake assist systems also depends on the
grip of the tyres.
● If you notice unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side when
driving, stop the vehicle immediately and check the tyres and wheels for
damage.
● To minimise the risk of losing control of the vehicle or causing a seri-
ous accident, never undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels.
● Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are not sure of their previous
history. They may be damaged, although the damage is not immediately
visible.
● Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst un-
expectedly while driving, especially at high speeds, resulting in serious
accident and injury. If tyres are over six years old, they should only be
used in an emergency and with extreme caution.
Note
For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from
other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of
wheel. Please refer to the vehicle documents or ask at a Technical Service.
211Vehicle care and maintenance
About your tyres and wheels
Fig. 120 Diagram for
changing wheels
The tyres of a vehicle are the components which are subjected to most
stress and are the most underestimated. Tyres are very important, as the
support offered by their narrow surface is the only point of contact between
the vehicle and the road.
The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre pressure, driving style, the care
they receive and the correct fitting.
The tyres and wheel rims are an essential part of the vehicle's design. The
tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteris-
tics of the vehicle and our critical to good road holding and safe handling.
Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels
● If you have to drive over a kerb or similar obstacle, drive very slowly and
as near as possible at a right angle to the kerb.
● Inspect the tyres regularly for damage (punctures, cuts, cracks, dents).
● Remove any foreign bodies found on the outside of the tread provided
they have not passed through the wall of the tyre
⇒
page 216.
● The instructions for tyre control systems should always be observed.
● Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as possible ⇒ page 216.
● Regularly check tyres for non-visible damage ⇒ page 216.
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the
type of tyre fitted on your vehicle ⇒ page 218.
● Do not allow tyres (including the spare wheel) to come into contact with
aggressive substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid ⇒
.
● Lost valve caps should be replaced immediately.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best
when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates
the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread ⇒ page 218. Always
observe the direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This
guarantees optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, excessive noise
and wear.
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction of rotation, drive with ex-
treme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of partic-
ular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as
possible or remount it with the correct direction of rotation.
Interchanging tyres
To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres the wheels should be changed
round from time to time according to the system ⇒ Fig. 120. All the tyres will
then last for about the same time.
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to have
the tyres changed.
Tyres that are over 6 years old
Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a result of physical and chemical
processes. This may affect their performance. Tyres which are stored for
long periods of time without being used, harden and become more fragile
than tyres which are in constant use.
SEAT recommends that tyres over six years old are replaced with new tyres.
This also applies to tyres (including the spare wheel) which appear to be in
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
212 Vehicle care and maintenance
perfect condition on the outside and which have a tread depth within the
values stipulated by the Law ⇒
.
The date of manufacture, part of the tyre identification number (TIN), indi-
cates the age of the tyre () ⇒ page 218.
Storing tyres
Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate the direction of rotation (left,
right, forwards, backwards). This ensures you will be able to mount them
correctly when you replace them. When removed, the wheels and/or tyres
should be stored in a cool, dry and preferably dark location. Do not place
tyres mounted on the wheel in a vertical position.
Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from dirt by storing them in suitable
bags and standing them on the ground on their tread.
WARNING
Aggressive fluids or substances could result in visible or invisible dam-
age with the consequent risks.
● Always ensure that tyres do not come into contact with chemical
products, oil, grease, fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substances.
WARNING
Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst unex-
pectedly while driving, resulting in serious accident or damage.
● If tyres are over six years old, they should only be used in an emer-
gency and with extreme caution.
For the sake of the environment
Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified personnel according to the laws
in the country concerned.
Wheel rims
The design of wheel bolts is matched to the rims. If different rims are fitted,
the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correctly shaped bolt
heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that
the brake system functions correctly ⇒ page 250.
For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from
other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of
wheel.
The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the character-
istics of the vehicle and are critical to good road holding and safe handling.
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct torque ⇒ page 250.
Beadlock wheel rims
Beadlock wheel rims have various components. These are joined together
by special bolts using a special procedure. This ensures good performance,
a better seal, improved safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn rims
should always be replaced and must only be repaired in a Specialised work-
shop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service ⇒
.
Wheel trims with bolted trims
Wheel trims may be fitted with interchangeable trim parts which are attach-
ed to the rim using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should only be replaced at
a Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service
⇒
.
213Vehicle care and maintenance
WARNING
The use of worn or damaged wheel trims could make driving more dan-
gerous and result in serious accidents and damage.
● Only wheel trims which have been approved for use with your vehicle
should be used.
● Inspect wheel trims regularly for damage and replace as required.
WARNING
If the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims are not correctly
tightened or loosened, this could result in serious accident.
● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims.
● Any work relating to wheel trims with bolted trims should be carried
out at Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Serv-
ice.
Replacement of new tyres and wheel trims
New tyres
● When tyres are new, drive with extreme caution for the first 600 km
(400 miles), as all tyres need to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run-in
do not have such good grip
⇒
or braking capacity
⇒
.
● All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size
(rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
● The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make
of tyre and the tread pattern.
Replacing tyres
● Where possible, always replace both wheels on an axle (both wheels on
the front axle or both wheels on the rear axle) ⇒
.
● Only replace used tyres with those authorised by SEAT for the corre-
sponding type vehicle. Pay special attention to size, diameter, and maxi-
mum load and speed capacity.
● Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT approved tyres. If the tyres
are too big, they may knock or rub against the chassis or other components,
resulting in damage.
WARNING
New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their max-
imum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in.
● To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be
taken for the first 600 km (400 miles).
WARNING
There should be adequate space between the tyres and the vehicle in ac-
cordance with the vehicle design. If this is not the case, the tyres may
rub against parts of the running gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to
faults in the brake system or to tread detachment, and the risk of burst
tyres.
● The true tyre dimension should not be greater than the dimensions of
tyres manufactured and approved by SEAT and should not rub against
parts of the vehicle.
Note
Although tyres may be shown as being the same size, the true dimensions
of different types of tyre may vary with respect to the nominal size, or tread
patterns may be different.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
214 Vehicle care and maintenance
Note
If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, you can be sure that the true tyre
dimensions will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre models, the tyre
vendor should provide the manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indicat-
ing that this type of tyre is suitable for your vehicle. This certificate should
always be carried with the vehicle.
Tyre pressures
Fig. 121 Position of tyre pressure specification plate
The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at the factory is shown on a label
and is valid for summer and winter tyres. This label ⇒ Fig. 121 is either in
the driver door strut or inside the fuel cap.
Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce the life of the tyres considerably
and also impair the vehicle's handling ⇒
. It is essential to maintain the
correct tyre pressures, especially if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre
pressure causes premature wear and could cause tyre blow-out.
The pressure should therefore be checked at least once a month and before
starting a journey.
As a general rule, the pressures given are for cold tyres. When the tyres are
hot, the pressures are greater.
Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the required pressure. This could
result in very low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden blow-outs.
215Vehicle care and maintenance
Checking tyre pressures
Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle has not been driven for more
than a few kilometres at low speeds in the past three hours.
● Check tyre pressures regularly, and only when the tyres are cold. Always
check all tyres, including the spare wheel. Check tyre pressures more often
in colder regions, and only when the vehicle has not been driven recently.
Always use a correctly-operating tyre gauge.
● Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in the vehicle.
● After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that the caps are properly
screwed.
The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel must be at the maximum pres-
sure specified.
WARNING
If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the tyre may deflate or burst
suddenly while driving. This could result in serious accident.
● If the tyre pressure is too low, the tyres could overheat, resulting in
tread detachment or even burst tyres.
● When driving at high speeds and/or fully loaded, the tyre could sud-
denly overheat, burst or be subject to tread detachment, with the resul-
tant loss of control of the vehicle.
● Tyre pressures which are too high or too low reduce the service life of
the tyre, affecting the vehicle's performance.
● Tyre pressures should be checked regularly, at least once a month
and before long journeys.
● Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the vehicle load.
● Never deflate excess pressure from hot tyres.
CAUTION
● Take care not to tilt the manometer when placing it on the valve. Other-
wise, the valve may be damaged.
● To avoid damage to the valves, always replace valve caps correctly.
Check that the caps are identical to the standard caps and have been cor-
rectly tightened.
For the sake of the environment
Under-inflated tyres will increase the fuel consumption.
Tread depth and wear indicators
Fig. 122 Tyre tread:
tread wear indicators
Tread depth
Certain driving conditions require a deeper tread, as well as needing the
tread to be approximately the same on the front and rear tyres. This is par-
ticularly important when driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on wet
roads ⇒
.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
216 Vehicle care and maintenance
The minimum tread depth required by law in the majority of cases is
1.6 mm, measured in the tread grooves next to the tread wear indicators.
Observe legal requirements in each country.
The performance of winter tyres is much reduced when the tread has worn
to 4 mm (5/32 inch).
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make of
tyre and the tread pattern.
Wear indicators on the tyre
The original tyres on your vehicle have 1.6 mm high ⇒ Fig. 122 tread wear
indicators running across the tread. A number of these indicators are equal-
ly spaced around the tyre tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls (for exam-
ple, the letters “TWI” or other symbols) indicate the position of the wear in-
dicators.
Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is worn. Tyres must always be re-
placed before the tyre tread has worn to the level of the indicator.
WARNING
Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and may lead to loss of control of
the vehicle with serious consequences.
● Tyres must be replaced before the wear indicators are at the same lev-
el as the tread pattern.
● Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip, especially on wet surfa-
ces, increasing the risk of “aquaplaning”.
● Worn tyres make control of the vehicle more difficult in normal or dif-
ficult driving conditions, increasing the braking distance and the risk of
skidding.
Damaged tyres
Damage to wheels and tyres is often not immediately visible. If you notice
unusual vibration or the vehicle pulling to one side, this may indicate that
one of the tyres is damaged ⇒
.
● Slow down immediately if you think you have a damaged wheel.
● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
● If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek qualified assistance.
● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the
nearest Specialised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
Foreign bodies in the tyre
● Do not remove foreign bodies if they have penetrated through the tyre
wall!
● You should obtain professional assistance immediately.
Wear of tyres
The wear of tyres depends on a number of factors, for example:
● Driving style.
● Unbalanced wheels.
● Running gear settings.
Driving style: driving round bends fast or sudden acceleration or braking
speed up the wear of tyres. When the driving style is normal, if the tyres
wear too quickly, have the running gear settings checked at a Specialised
workshop.
Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. However, certain
circumstances may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is detected as vibra-
tions in the steering wheel. Run-out leads to wear of the steering and sus-
pension. In the event of run out, the wheels should be balanced again.
When a new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced again.
217Vehicle care and maintenance
Running gear settings: an incorrectly positioned running gear increases the
wear of tyres and affects your safety while driving. If tyres wear too quickly,
have the wheel alignment checked at a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
If you notice unusual vibration or the vehicle pulls to one side while driv-
ing, this may indicate that one of the tyres is damaged.
● Reduce speed immediately and stop, while observing the highway
code.
● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
● Never carry on driving on worn tyres or wheels. Request qualified as-
sistance immediately.
● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the
nearest Specialised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel*
Fig. 123 In the luggage
compartment: hand con-
trolled wheel for securing
the spare wheel
Removing the spare wheel
● Open the rear lid and lift the luggage compartment shelf ⇒ page 100.
● If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor
⇒ page 100.
● Lift up the carpet from the recess and remove it from the luggage com-
partment.
● If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit with the container.
● Completely remove the hand controlled wheel from the centre of the
spare wheel ⇒ Fig. 123 by turning it in an anticlockwise direction, and take
out the spare wheel.
Storing the replaced wheel
● Pull back the carpet.
● With the wheel rim facing downwards, situate the replaced wheel in the
spare wheel well so that the wheel rim central hole coincides with the open-
ing.
● Turn the hand controlled wheel with the shank screwed clockwise until
the replaced wheel is secured.
● If necessary, store the vehicle tool in the container, inside the luggage
compartment.
● Replace the carpet on the luggage compartment floor.
● Lower the rear shelf.
● Close the rear lid.
If the spare wheel is different to the rest of the vehicle tyres
If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres that are mounted on the vehicle
- for example with winter tyres or the temporary spare wheel - you should
only use the spare tyre for a short period of time and drive with extra care
⇒
.
Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possible.
Please observe driving advice:
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
218 Vehicle care and maintenance
● Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.
● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted
⇒ page 220.
● After mounting the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel, check the
tyre pressure as soon as possible ⇒ page 214.
It is advisable to check the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel tyre pres-
sure when checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at least once a month.
The spare wheel should have the highest pressure allowed for the vehicle
⇒ page 214. The sticker situated on the temporary spare wheel shows the
tyre pressure.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel can
cause loss of vehicle control, producing collisions or other serious acci-
dents and injury.
● Never use the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel if it is dam-
aged or worn to the wear indicator.
● In some vehicles the spare wheel is smaller than the original tyres.
This can be seen on a sticker showing the text “80 km/h” and “50 mph”.
This text indicates the maximum velocity permitted for this type of tyre.
● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). Avoid powerful accelera-
tion, hard braking and taking corners at high speed.
● Never drive more than 200 km (120 miles) with a temporary spare
wheel fitted to the drive axle.
● Replace the temporary spare wheel for a normal wheel as soon as
possible. The compact temporary spare wheel is only intended for tempo-
rary use over short distances.
● The temporary spare wheel must always be secured with the factory
supplied wheel bolts.
WARNING (Continued)
● You should never use more than one temporary spare wheel.
● After mounting the temporary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure as
soon as possible ⇒ page 214.
● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted.
Note
Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel, temporary spare wheel or the
replaced wheel safely in the luggage compartment. In vehicles with anti-
puncture kit, it is not possible to secure the defective wheel.
Tyre code
Fig. 124 Universal code on tyres
219Vehicle care and maintenance
Radial
Rim diameter code
Load index & speed rating
DOT tyre identification number
Severe snow conditions
Tyre ply composition and materials used
Max. load rating
Treadwear, traction and temperature grades
Max. permissible inflation pressure
Passenger vehicle tyre
Nominal width of tyre in millimetres
Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
Tyre code (example) Meaning
Make, logotype Manufacturer
Product name Name of tyre assigned by manufacturer.
P255 / 55 R 18 Size:
P Passenger vehicle code.
255 Nominal width between walls, in mm.
55 Height/width ratio in %
R
Tyre type (R indicates "radial").
18
Rim diameter in inches
109 H Load index ⇒ page 220 and speed rating
⇒ page 220.
XL (“Reinforced”) tyres.
M+S or M/S or Winter tyres code (mud and snow tyres).
RADIAL TUBELESS Radial tyre without inner tube.
E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complies with internation-
al legislation followed by a number denoting the
country granting the authorisation. The authori-
sation number ( several digits) is shown below.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Tyre code (example) Meaning
DOT BT RA TY5 1709 Tyre identification number (TIN
a)
, may be only on
interior wall of wheel) and date of manufacture:
DOT The tyre complies with the legal require-
ments of the US Department of Trans-
port, responsible for tyre safety regula-
tions.
BT Place of manufacture code.
RA Information about manufacturer and tyre
size.
TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifications.
1709 Date of manufacture: Week 17 of 2009.
TWI This identifies the position of the Tread Wear In-
dicator ⇒ page 215.
Made in Germany Country of manufacture.
MAX LOAD 615 KG US load rating, indicating maximum permitted
load per tyre.
MAX INFLATION 350 KPA
(51 PSI)
US limit, indicating maximum permitted tyre
pressure.
SIDEWALL 1 PLY RAYON Information about tyre wall components:
1 layer of rayon (artificial silk).
TREAD 4 PLIES
1 RAYON + 2 STEEL +
1 NYLON
Information about tread components:
In the example, there are 4 layers below the
tread: 1 layer of rayon (artificial silk), 2 layers of
steel reinforcement and 1 layer of nylon.
Information for the end consumer concerning the comparative values of
the established base tyres (standardised test procedures) ⇒ page 233:
TREADWEAR 220 Relative service life of the tyre, with respect to
specific US standard test.
TRACTION A Braking capacity of tyre on wet surface (AA, A, B
or C).
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
220 Vehicle care and maintenance
Tyre code (example) Meaning
TEMPERATURE A Tyre temperature resistance at higher test
speeds (A, B or C).
If the tyre has other markings, these are specific tyre manufacturer codes
or specific national codes, e.g. for Brazil or China.
a)
The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best
when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates
the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread. Always observe the
direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This guarantees
optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, excessive noise and wear.
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction of rotation, drive with ex-
treme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of partic-
ular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as
possible or remount it with the correct direction of rotation.
Tyre load rating
The load rating code indicates the maximum load in kilograms each wheel
can carry (load capacity).
425 kg
462 kg
487 kg
515 kg
545 kg
615 kg
Speed rating
The speed rating indicates the maximum speed permitted for the tyres.
max. 150 km/h (93 mph)
max. 160 km/h (99 mph)
78
81
83
85
87
91
P
Q
max. 170 km/h (106 mph)
max. 180 km/h (112 mph)
max. 190 km/h (118 mph)
max. 200 km/h (124 mph)
max. 210 km/h (130 mph)
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
max. 270 km/h (168 mph)
max. 300 km/h (186 mph)
Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” for tyres with a maximum author-
ised speed above 240 km/h (149 mph).
Snow chains
When using snow chains, applicable local legislation and maximum permit-
ted speed limits must be observed.
In winter weather, snow chains not only help to improve grip but also im-
prove the braking capacity.
The fitting of chains is permitted only on front wheels and only with the fol-
lowing combinations of wheel trims and tyres:
Tyre size Wheel rim
165/70 R14 5 J x 14 offset of 35
SEAT recommends you ask a Technical Service for further information on
wheel, tyre and chain sizes.
Wherever possible use fine-link chains measuring less than 15 mm includ-
ing the lock.
R
S
T
U
H
V
Z
W
Y
221Vehicle care and maintenance
Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings before fitting snow chains ⇒
.
The wheel bolts should be covered with caps for safety reasons. These are
available from Technical Services.
Temporary spare wheel
For technical reasons, snow chains must not be used on the compact tem-
porary spare wheel ⇒ page 217.
If it is necessary to fit chains with the temporary spare wheel in use, install
the temporary spare wheel on the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front
wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, instead of the damaged front
wheel. In this situation, observe the rotating direction of the wheels. SEAT
recommends attaching the snow chains before fitting the wheel.
WARNING
The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted chains could lead to serious ac-
cidents and damage.
● Always the appropriate snow chains.
● Observe the fitting instructions provided by the snow chain manufac-
turer.
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speeds when driving with snow
chains.
CAUTION
● You must remove the snow chains to drive on roads which are free of
snow. Otherwise they will impair handling, damage the tyres and wear out
very quickly.
● Wheel trims may be damaged or scratched if the chains come into direct
contact with them. SEAT recommends the use of covered snow chains.
Note
Snow chains are available in different sizes according to the vehicle type.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
222 Vehicle care and maintenance
Accessories, replacements, repairs and
modifications
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Roof carrier ⇒ page 104
● Ashtray and cigarette lighter ⇒ page 115
● Power socket ⇒ page 117
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 134
● Parking distance warning system ⇒ page 149
● Cruise control system (CCS) ⇒ page 152
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● Engine oil ⇒ page 185
● Engine coolant ⇒ page 189
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 193
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 197
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 205
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 233
● ⇒ Booklet Radio system
● Instruction Manual for the Portable Navigation System (supplied by
SEAT) in the equipment.
WARNING
The use of unsuitable spare parts and accessories, or incorrectly per-
formed modifications or repairs may result in damage to the vehicle, acci-
dents and serious injury.
● SEAT strongly recommends you to only use SEAT approved accesso-
ries and SEAT
®
original spare parts. These parts and accessories have
been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety.
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised work-
shop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diagnostics
equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.
● Only mount parts with the same specifications as the parts fitted at
factory.
● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone
cradles over the covers of the airbag modules or within their deployment
zones.
● Only use wheels and tyre combinations which have been approved by
SEAT for your vehicle type.
223Vehicle care and maintenance
Running-in
Please observe the instructions for running-in new components.
Running-in the engine
The engine needs to be run in over the first 1500 km (1000 miles). During
its first few hours of running, the internal friction in the engine is greater
than later on when all the moving parts have bedded down.
How the vehicle is driven for the first 1500 km (1000 miles) influences the
future engine performance. Throughout the life of the vehicle, it should be
driven at a moderate speed, especially when the engine is cold, as this will
reduce engine wear and increase its useful life. Never drive at extremely low
engine speeds. Change down to a lower gear when the engine no longer
runs “smoothly”. Up to 1000 kilometres the following instructions apply:
● Do not use full throttle.
● Do not force the engine above two thirds of its maximum speed.
Between 1000 and 1500 kilometres (600 to 1000 miles), gradually in-
crease power until reaching the maximum speed and high engine speeds.
Running in new tyres and brake pads
● Replacement of new tyres and wheel trims ⇒ page 210
● Notes on the brakes ⇒ page 134
For the sake of the environment
If the engine is run in gently, the life of the engine will be increased and the
engine oil consumption reduced.
Accessories and spare parts
SEAT recommends you consult an Official Service before purchasing acces-
sories and spare parts or consumables. For example, when fitting accesso-
ries at a later date, or when replacing a component. A SEAT Official Service
will advise you as to the legal requirements and manufacturer's recommen-
dations regarding accessories, spare parts and other components.
SEAT recommend you use only approved SEAT accessories and genuine
SEAT spare parts
®
. These parts and accessories have been specially tested
by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety. In addition the SEAT Technical
Service will guarantee that the assembly is carried out professionally.
Although we continually monitor the market, SEAT cannot guarantee that
products not approved by SEAT are reliable, safe and suitable for the vehi-
cle. Therefore, SEAT cannot accept liability, even in those cases authorised
by an officially recognised technical inspection office or other official body.
Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct effect on vehicle control must
be approved by SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e mark (the Euro-
pean Union's authorisation symbol). This includes cruise control systems or
electronically controlled suspension.
If any additional electrical components are fitted which do not serve to con-
trol the vehicle itself, these must bear the mark (European Union manu-
facturer conformity declaration). This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or
ventilator fans.
WARNING
Unprofessional repairs or modifications to the vehicle may affect the per-
formance of the airbags, resulting in operating faults or fatal accident.
● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone
cradles over or next to the covers of the airbag modules or within their
deployment zones.
● Objects placed over the airbag covers, or within their deployment
zones, could lead to serious injury or loss of life if the airbags are trig-
gered.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
224 Vehicle care and maintenance
Fluids and consumables
All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as notched belts, tyres, coolant
fluids, engine oils, spark plugs and batteries are continually being devel-
oped. Therefore all fluids and consumables should be changed at a Special-
ised workshop. Technical Services are permanently informed of any modifi-
cations.
WARNING
The incorrect use or handling of fluids or consumables may result in acci-
dent, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● Therefore, fluids must always be stored closed in their original con-
tainer.
● Never store fluids in empty food containers or bottles as other people
may accidentally drink the fluid.
● Keep all fluids and consumables out of reach of children.
● Read and observe the information and warnings given on the fluid
containers.
● Only work in the open air or in well-ventilated zones, when using
products which give off harmful vapours.
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid in the maintenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flam-
mable. They could lead to fire or explosions!
CAUTION
● Only use appropriate fluids. Never mix the fluids. Using the wrong fluids
could cause serious malfunctions and engine damage!
● Accessories and other components mounted in front of the air inlet re-
duce the cooling effect of the coolant. If the engine is running under great
strain in high outside temperatures, it could overheat.
For the sake of the environment
Leaking fluids could pollute the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suit-
able containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation and with re-
spect for the environment.
Repairs and technical changes
When performing repairs and technical modifications, SEAT's directives
must be observed! ⇒
Unauthorised modifications to the electronic components or software in the
vehicle may cause malfunctions. Due to the way the electronic components
are linked together in networks, other indirect systems may be affected by
the faults. This may significantly affect the vehicle's performance, increase
component wear and could mean that the vehicle registration documents
are no longer valid.
Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held liable for any damage caused by
technical modifications or repairs performed incorrectly.
The SEAT Official Service does not accept liability for damage resulting from
technical modifications or repairs performed incorrectly; neither is the SEAT
warranty valid in these cases.
SEAT recommends you have any technical modifications or repairs per-
formed at a SEAT Official Service and that you use genuine SEAT spare
parts
®
.
Vehicles with special accessories and equipment
The manufacturers of additional equipment guarantee that the equipment
complies with applicable laws and regulations with respect to the environ-
ment, in particular Directives 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first direc-
tive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehicles while the second refers to
the restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances
and preparations.
225Vehicle care and maintenance
The vehicle owner should keep the documentation for the additional equip-
ment safely and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end of the vehicle's
service life. This ensures that any additional equipment mounted in end-of-
life vehicles is correctly disposed of with respect for the environment.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the
driver assist systems. This could result in serious accident.
● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed
by a Specialised workshop.
Repair and faults in the airbag system
When performing repairs and technical modifications, SEAT's directives
must be observed! ⇒
Modifications and repairs to the front bumper, doors, front seats, and re-
pairs to the roof or chassis should only be carried out in a Specialised work-
shop. These components may contain parts or sensors belonging to the air-
bag system.
If work is carried out on the airbag system or parts have to be removed and
fitted on the system when performing other repair work, parts of the airbag
system may be damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an
accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or does not inflate at all.
So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not reduced and that removed
parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution, regulations must
be observed. These requirements are known to qualified dealerships.
Modifications to the vehicle suspension may affect the operation of the air-
bag system in the event of collision. For example, if wheel and tyre combi-
nations not approved by SEAT are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered,
the suspension is stiffened or the suspension springs, telescopic arms,
dampers, etc., are modified, the results received by the airbag sensors and
sent to the control unit may not be accurate. For example, some modifica-
tions to the suspension could increase the force measured by the sensors
and result in the triggering of the airbag systems in collisions. Under normal
conditions, the measured values would be lower and the airbag would not
have been triggered. Other modifications may reduce the forces measured
by the sensors and therefore the airbags are not triggered in situations
when they should have triggered.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the
airbag systems. This could result in serious or fatal accident.
● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed
by a Specialised workshop.
● Airbag modules must never be repaired: if damaged, they must be re-
placed.
● Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle.
WARNING
Modifications to the vehicle suspension, including the use of unauthor-
ised wheel and tyre combinations, may affect the performance of the air-
bags and increase the risk of serious or fatal injury in the event of acci-
dent.
● Never fit suspension components which are not identical to the origi-
nal parts mounted in the vehicle.
● Never use wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
226 Vehicle care and maintenance
Retro-fitting of two-way radios
An exterior aerial is required for the use of two-way radios in the vehicle.
The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic appliances in the vehicle is sub-
ject to their approval for use in your vehicle. Under certain circumstances,
this could mean that your vehicle registration documents are no longer val-
id.
SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with two-way radios providing the
following conditions are observed:
● The exterior aerial must be mounted professionally.
● The maximum transmitting power is 10 watts.
An only external aerial is needed to give the equipment its optimal reach.
Check first with a Specialised workshop if you wish to use a two-way radio
with a transmitting power of over 10 watts. The Specialised workshops are
familiar with the technical options for installation. SEAT recommends visit-
ing a Technical Service.
All legal requirements, together with the instructions for the use of two-way
radios must be observed.
WARNING
If the two-way radio is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent
flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeu-
vres or accident, causing injury.
● While driving, two-way radios must be securely fastened in position,
outside the airbags deployment zones, or safely stowed away.
WARNING
When using a two-way radio without a connection to an exterior aerial,
the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation may be ex-
ceeded. This is also the case if the aerial has not been correctly installed.
● You should only use a two-way radio inside the vehicle if it has first
been correctly connected to an exterior aerial.
Information stored by the control units
Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a series of electronic control units
responsible for the engine and gearbox management. In addition, the con-
trol units supervise the performance of the exhaust gas system and the air-
bag systems.
Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, these electronic control units
are continuously analysing the vehicle data. In the event of faults or devia-
tions from the theoretical values, only this data is stored. Normally, the
warning lamps on the instrument panel light up in the event of faults.
This data can only be read and analysed using special equipment.
The storing of the data allows specialised workshops to detect and repair
faults. Stored data may include:
● Data relating to the engine or the gearbox
● Speed
● Direction of travel
● Braking force
● Detection of seat belt
The vehicle control units never record conversations held by passengers in
the vehicle.
227Vehicle care and maintenance
In vehicles equipped with an emergency call function via the mobile tele-
phone or other appliances connected in the vehicle, it is possible to send
the vehicle position. If the control unit records an accident with airbag acti-
vation, the system may automatically send a signal. This will depend on the
network operator. Normally, transmission is only possible in areas with
good coverage.
Event Data Recorder
The vehicle is not fitted with an event data recorder.
An event data recorder temporarily stores the vehicle information. There-
fore, in the event of accident, it is possible to obtain detailed information
about how the accident occurred. For example, in vehicles with airbag sys-
tems, data relating to speed of impact, seat belt status, seat positions and
airbag activation times may be stored. The volume of data depends on the
manufacturer.
Event data recorders can only be mounted with authorisation from the vehi-
cle owner and, in some countries, they are governed by local legislation.
Reprogramming control units
On the whole, all the data required for the component management is stor-
ed in the control units. The programming of certain convenience functions,
such as the convenience indicators, individual door opening and instruc-
tions on the display can be modified using special equipment at the work-
shop. If the comfort functions are reprogrammed, the information and In-
struction Manual descriptions will not coincide with the modified functions.
Therefore, SEAT recommends that any modifications are recorded in the sec-
tion “Other workshop notes” in the Maintenance Programme.
The SEAT Official Service must have a record of any modification to the pro-
gramming.
Reading the vehicle fault memory
There is a diagnostics connector in the vehicle interior for reading the vehi-
cle fault memory. The fault memory documents errors and deviations from
the theoretical values of the electronic control units.
The diagnostics connector is in the driver side footwell area, next to the lev-
er for opening the bonnet, below a cover.
The fault memory should only be read and reset by a Specialised workshop.
Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle without connection
to an exterior aerial
Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio waves also called high-fre-
quency energy, both when in use and when on stand-by. Scientific studies
state that radio waves exceeding certain values may be harmful to the hu-
man body. International committees and authorities have established limits
and directives in order to ensure electromagnetic radiation from mobile
phones remains within certain limits that do not endanger human health.
However, there is no available conclusive scientific evidence that cordless
phones are completely safe.
That is why some experts recommend moderate use of the mobile tele-
phone, and the appliance of measures to reduce radiation on the human
body.
When a mobile telephone not connected to an exterior aerial is used inside
the vehicle, the electromagnetic radiation may be greater than if the mobile
phone were connected to a built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial.
If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands-free device that allows the em-
ployment of numerous additional mobile telephone functions with compati-
ble Bluetooth technology
®
, it will comply with the legislation in many coun-
tries which only permits the use of mobile phones inside vehicles using a
hands-free device.
The hands-free system of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by
SEAT) has been designed for use with conventional mobile phones and
phones with Bluetooth technology
®
⇒ page 229. Mobile telephones must
be placed in a suitable telephone support or stored safely in the vehicle. If a
support is used for the telephone, it must be securely fastened to the base
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
228 Vehicle care and maintenance
plate. The mobile will be secure on the instrument panel and always within
reach of the driver only by following these procedures. Mobile telephone
connection with an external aerial is carried out subject to the hands-free
device, via the telephone support or by the Bluetooth
®
connections present
in the mobile telephone and the vehicle.
If the mobile telephone is connected to an aerial incorporated into the vehi-
cle or an exterior aerial connected to the vehicle, this will help to reduce the
electromagnetic radiation transmitted and the risk to human health. It will
also improve the quality of the connection.
If the mobile telephone is used inside the vehicle without the hands-free
system, it will not be securely fastened and will not be connected to the ex-
terior aerial of the vehicle telephone. Nor will the telephone charge if it is
not on the support. In addition, some calls may break off and the quality of
the connection will be affected.
Mobile telephones should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con-
nected to a hands-free system. SEAT recommends using an external aerial
should you wish to use a mobile telephone inside the vehicle.
Bluetooth
®
is a registered trademark of Bluetooth
®
SIG, Inc.
WARNING
If the mobile telephone is not securely fastened in position, it could be
sent flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden ma-
noeuvres or accident, causing injury.
● While driving, the mobile telephone, other equipment including tele-
phone accessories such as telephone supports, notepads and navigators
must be correctly secured, away from the airbags deployment zones, or
stored in a safe place.
WARNING
When using a mobile telephone or two-way radio without connecting an
external aerial, the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radia-
tion in the vehicle may be exceeded, thus putting the driver and the rest
of the vehicle occupants in danger. This is also the case if the aerial has
not been correctly installed.
● A minimum of 20 centimetres should be kept between mobile tele-
phone aerials and artificial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may affect
the working of pacemakers.
● Do not carry a mobile telephone in your breast pocket directly over
the pacemaker when the mobile telephone is switched on.
● Immediately switch off the mobile telephone if you suspect any inter-
ference with pacemakers or other types of medical equipment.
229Vehicle care and maintenance
SEAT Portable System*
Fig. 125 In the centre
console: Remove the nav-
igator
Fig. 126 Remove the
navigator holder
The SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) allows for the use of other ve-
hicle functions such as additional applications
⇒
.
The gradient and the angle of vision can be set by moving the navigator to
the required position ⇒ Fig. 125 ⇒
.
The Portable Navigation System Instruction Manual can be observed direct-
ly on the equipment.
Functions
1)
● Multifunction display (MFI) shown with additional instruments
⇒ page 17.
● Operation of a factory-fitted radio and a ⇒ Booklet Radio system connec-
ted multimedia player.
● Image display.
● Navigation.
● Hands-free system for mobile telephones via Bluetooth.
● Door open.
● Optical parking system (OPS).
● Recommended gear and driving advice.
Observe the Instruction Manual in the equipment
● Connect the Portable Navigation System.
● Press the button more on the screen.
● Press the Manual button.
● Select the required chapter and press the corresponding button.
Removing and fitting the navigator
● Securely support the navigator.
● Press the release button
1
until the device is released from its holder.
● Take the navigator out and store it safely.
To fit the navigator, place it in the upper support and push the lower part
inside the holder until it engages with a click ⇒
.
1)
subject to the vehicle
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
230 Vehicle care and maintenance
Removing and fitting the navigator holder
● Press the holder release button ⇒ Fig. 126 (arrow).
● Remove the holder from the dash panel in an upwards direction.
● If necessary, close the opening with the corresponding cover.
In order to fit the holder, place it on the opening from above and press in a
downwards direction until it engages with a click. ⇒
.
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury. Operating
the navigator could distract you from the traffic.
● Always stay alert and drive responsibly.
● Select volume settings that allow you to easily hear signals from out-
side the vehicle at all times (e.g. emergency service sirens).
● Setting the volume too high may cause damage to your hearing. This
also applies if the device is set to high volumes for a short period.
WARNING
Journey instructions and traffic signals shown on the navigation system
may differ to the current traffic situation.
● Traffic signals and driving regulations take precedence over journey
instructions and indications from the navigation system.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
WARNING
If the navigator is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent fly-
ing around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres
or accident, causing injury.
● Fit the navigator housing safely on the corresponding opening on the
dash panel.
● Always place the navigator securely in its holder or store it safely in
the vehicle.
CAUTION
An unsuitable gradient and angle of vision setting can damage the naviga-
tor.
● When adjusting the navigation device, move it with care and not beyond
its limits.
CAUTION
Excessively high or low outside temperatures can affect the Portable Navi-
gation System operation or damage the device.
● Always take the Portable Navigation System with you when you leave the
vehicle to protect it from excessively high or low temperatures and intense
sunlight.
CAUTION
Humidity can damage the Portable Navigation System connections on the
dash panel.
● Do not clean the holder for the navigation device with moist products.
Use a dry cloth.
Note
SEAT recommends taking the Portable Navigation System with you when
you leave the vehicle to prevent it from being stolen.
231Vehicle care and maintenance
Jacking points for raising vehicle
Fig. 127 Front jacking
points for raising vehicle
with lifting platform or
jack
Fig. 128 Rear jacking
points for raising vehicle
with lifting platform or
jack
Always use the jacking points indicated in the figures ⇒ Fig. 127 and
⇒ Fig. 128 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at these
points, it could be seriously damaged ⇒
or lead to serious injury ⇒ .
The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting platforms with lift pads con-
taining fluid.
When raising a vehicle using a platform or jack, a series of precautionary
measures are required. Never raise the vehicle with a lifting platform or jack
unless you have received training in how to do so and know how to lift the
vehicle safely.
Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack ⇒ page 250.
WARNING
The improper use of the lifting platform or the jack when raising the vehi-
cle may result in accidents or serious injury.
● Before raising the vehicle, please observe the manufacturer's instruc-
tions for the platform or jack, and the legal requirements, where applica-
ble.
● There should not be anyone inside the vehicle when it is being raised
or once it is in the air.
● Only use the jacking points indicated in the figures ⇒ Fig. 127 and
⇒ Fig. 128 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at the indi-
cated points, it may fall from the platform while the engine or gearbox is
being dismounted, for example.
● The jacking points should be centrally aligned and firmly positioned
on the platform support plates.
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised! The vehicle may fall
from the platform due to the engine vibrations.
● If it is necessary to work underneath the vehicle while it is raised, you
should check that the supporting stands have an adequate load capacity.
● Never climb onto the lifting platform.
● Always make sure that the weight of the vehicle does not exceed the
lifting platform load capacity.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
232 Vehicle care and maintenance
CAUTION
● Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil sump, the gearbox or the rear or
front axles.
● Always use an intermediate rubber support to prevent damage to the
vehicle underbody. Check that the arms of the lifting platform are able to
move with obstruction.
● The arms should not come into contact with the side running boards or
other parts of the vehicle.
233Vehicle care and maintenance
Notes for the user
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 222
● ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
WARNING
Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct care increases the risk of acci-
dent and injury.
● Observe legal requirements.
● Observe the Instruction Manual.
CAUTION
If you do not treat the vehicle suitably, you may cause it to be damaged.
● Observe legal requirements.
● Carry out regular maintenance of the vehicle, according to specifications
in the Maintenance Programme.
● Observe the Instruction Manual.
Labels and plates
Fig. 129 Warnings relat-
ing to handling of the
City Safety Assist system
laser sensor function
Some parts in the engine compartment come from the factory with certifi-
cates of safety, labels or plates containing important information regarding
the operation of the vehicle, for example, on the petrol cap, on the passeng-
er's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or on the floor of the luggage com-
partment.
● Never remove these certificates of safety, labels or plates, and ensure
they are kept in good condition and are legible.
● If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of safety, label or plate, is re-
placed, the Specialised workshop should attach the information back in the
same place.
Certificate of safety
A certificate of safety on the door strut states that all the safety standards
and regulations established by the national traffic authorities responsible
for road safety were met at the time of manufacture. It may also give the
month and year of manufacture, together with the chassis number.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
234 Vehicle care and maintenance
Warning of high voltage label
There is a label close to the bonnet lock which warns of high voltage in the
vehicle electrical installation.
Warning relating to the City Safety Assist system laser sensor
There are some warning and information signs on the City Safety Assist sys-
tem laser sensor ⇒ Fig. 129.
Using your vehicle in other countries and continents
The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for use in a particular country in
accordance with the national legislation in force at the time of manufacture.
If the vehicle is sold in another country or used in another country for an ex-
tended period of time, the applicable legislation of that country should be
observed.
It may be necessary to fit or remove certain pieces of equipment or to deac-
tivate certain functions. Service work may also be affected. This is particu-
larly true if the vehicle is used in a different climate for an extended period
of time.
As there are different types of frequency bands around the world, you may
find that the radio system or the Portable Navigation System (supplied by
SEAT) supplied at the factory does not work in another country.
CAUTION
● SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the
use of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of
genuine spare parts.
● SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle does not comply in part or in
full with the legal requirements of other countries or continents.
Radio reception and the aerial
For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial for radio reception is fitted to
the roof of the vehicle.
Note
If electrical equipment such as mobile telephones, is used near a roof aer-
ial, you may observe interference in the reception of AM stations.
Notes on SEAT repairs
Information about authorised SEAT services and authorised SEAT repairs
can be requested by payment at the following addresses:
Clients in Europe, Asia, Australia, Africa, Central America and South
America
Contact a Technical Service or specialised workshop, or request the corre-
sponding documentation at www.erwin.volkswagen.de.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the
driver assist and airbag systems. This could result in serious accident.
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised work-
shop.
Conformity certification
The respective manufacturer hereby declares that the products indicated as
follows fulfil the basic requirements and the following dispositions and
235Vehicle care and maintenance
important legislations on the date of manufacture of the vehicle, among
others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 and RSS-Gen Issue 1:
Radio frequency equipment
● Electronic gearbox lock.
● Vehicle key.
Electrical equipment
● 12 volt socket.
Collection and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles
Collection of end-of-life vehicles
SEAT is already prepared for the moment when you wish to scrap your vehi-
cle and offers you an environmentally-friendly solution. An extensive net-
work of used vehicle reception centres already exists in much of Europe. Af-
ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will receive a certificate of destruc-
tion describing the environmentally friendly scrapping of the vehicle in ac-
cordance with applicable legislation.
We will collect the used vehicle free of charge, provided it complies with all
national legislation.
Please see your Technical Service for further information about the collec-
tion and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles.
Scrapping
The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or
components of the airbag or belt tensioner systems are scrapped. These re-
quirements are known to qualified dealerships.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
236 Vehicle care and maintenance
Engine management and exhaust gas
purification system
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Changing gear ⇒ page 124
● Refuelling ⇒ page 171
● Fuel ⇒ page 177
● Engine oil ⇒ page 185
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 193
● Information stored in the control units ⇒ page 222
● Tow-starting and towing away ⇒ page 276
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass).
● Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the ex-
haust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust sys-
tem.
Control lamps
lights
up
Possible cause Solution
Fault in engine management
(Electronic Power Control).
Take the vehicle to a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible
and have the engine checked.
Fault in catalytic converter.
You should reduce speed accord-
ingly. Drive carefully until you
reach the next Specialised work-
shop. Have the engine checked
there.
flashes Possible cause Solution
Combustion fault which could
damage the catalytic convert-
er.
You should reduce speed accord-
ingly. Drive carefully until you
reach the next Specialised work-
shop. Have the engine checked
there.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni-
tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
CAUTION
Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descriptions
and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Note
While the control lamps or maintain lit up, the engine will present
faults, a higher consumption of fuel and a loss of engine power.
237Vehicle care and maintenance
Catalytic converter
The catalytic converter permits the subsequent treatment of the exhaust
gases thus reducing contaminating gas emissions. To ensure a longer work-
ing life for the exhaust system and catalytic converter in a petrol engine:
● Always use unleaded petrol.
● Never run the fuel tank completely dry.
● Do not top up with too much engine oil ⇒ page 185.
● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter cables ⇒ page 273.
If you should notice misfiring, uneven running or loss of power when the ve-
hicle is moving, reduce speed immediately. Have the vehicle inspected by a
Specialised workshop. If this happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust
gas system and escape into the atmosphere. The catalytic converter can al-
so be damaged by overheating.
For the sake of the environment
Even when the emission control system is working perfectly, there may be a
smell of sulphur from the exhaust gas under some conditions. This depends
on the sulphur content of the fuel used.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
238 Practical information
If and when
Practical information
Frequently asked questions
If you suspect that the vehicle has a fault or is damaged when using it, be-
fore consulting a SEAT dealership or a specialised workshop, carefully read
the following instructions. Similarly, the terms in the alphabetical index
“Things to note” or “Checklist” may be of help.
Problem
Possible causes,
among others
Possible solution
The engine does
not start.
The vehicle battery is
flat.
– Carry out the jump start
⇒ page 273.
– Charge the battery
⇒ page 193.
You are using an incor-
rect vehicle key.
Use the correct key
⇒ page 28.
The fuel tank level is
insufficient.
Refuel ⇒ page 171.
The vehicle cannot
be locked or un-
locked with the
key.
– Vehicle key battery is
flat.
– Too far away from
the vehicle.
– Buttons pressed out-
side the radius of
reach.
– Change the battery
⇒ page 28.
– Move closer to the vehicle.
– Synchronize the vehicle
key ⇒ page 28.
– Manually lock or unlock
the vehicle ⇒ page 243.
Unusual noises.
Engine cold, City Safe-
ty Assist system, steer-
ing column electronic
lock.
See entry “Noises” in the de-
tailed alphabetical index.
Problem
Possible causes,
among others
Possible solution
Handling is
strange.
Assistance systems ac-
tive.
See entry “Assistance sys-
tems” in the detailed alpha-
betical index.
You are using an incor-
rect tyre pressure.
Check the tyre pressure
⇒ page 210.
Damage to the wheel
trims or tyres.
Inspect wheel trims and
tyres regularly for damage
⇒ page 210 and replace
them if necessary
⇒ page 250.
Vehicle has no
jack, spare wheel
or tire mobility set
present.
Equipment subject to
the vehicle.
No direct solution, depends
on the equipment. In this
case, you should contact a
SEAT Dealership
⇒ page 246.
Surface not correct-
ly illuminated.
– Headlights covered
for driving on the left-
hand side or right-
hand side.
– Headlight adjust-
ment too high.
– Faulty bulbs.
– Dipped headlights
switched off.
– Cover the headlights for
driving on the left-hand side
or right-hand side
⇒ page 84.
– Adjust the headlight range
⇒ page 84.
– Change the bulbs
⇒ page 264.
– Switch on the dipped
headlights ⇒ page 84.
239Practical information
Problem
Possible causes,
among others
Possible solution
The electrical
equipment is not
working.
Vehicle battery flat.
Charge the battery
⇒ page 193.
Fuel tank level insuffi-
cient.
Refuel ⇒ page 171.
A fuse is blown.
Check fuse and change if
necessary ⇒ page 261.
Fuel consumption
higher than nor-
mal.
– Short trips.
– “Irregularities in the
accelerator pedal”.
– Avoid short trips.
– Foresight when driving.
– Press the accelerator even-
ly.
Electrical equipment
connected.
Switch off any unnecessary
electrical equipment.
Fault in engine man-
agement.
Have the fault rectified
⇒ page 236.
Tyre pressure too low.
Adjust tyre pressure
⇒ page 210.
Driving on hills. No direct solution.
Driving with a heavy
load.
No direct solution.
Driving at an excessive
engine speed.
Shift up a gear.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
240 Practical information
In case of emergency
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 134
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 243
● Vehicle tools ⇒ page 246
● Change wheel ⇒ page 250
WARNING
A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of accident for the driver and
for other road users.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park the vehicle a safe
distance from surrounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of an emer-
gency. Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the
doors are to be locked. In case of an emergency, passengers will be trap-
ped inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle can be exposed
to very high or very low temperatures.
Protecting yourself and securing the vehicle
Fig. 130 Dash panel:
Button to switch on and
off the hazard warning
lights system
Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a broken down vehicle. In a
number of countries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn on the hazard
warning lights and use a reflective safety vest
⇒
page 242.
Checklist
For your own safety and that of other passengers, the following points
should be observed in the order given ⇒
:
1. Park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground
⇒
.
2. Turn on the hazard warning lights system with the button
⇒ Fig. 130.
3. Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 134.
4. Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the selector lever in position P
⇒ page 124.
5. Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition.
6. Have all occupants leave the vehicle and move to safety, for example
behind a guard rail.
241Practical information
Checklist (Continued)
7. When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.
8. Place an emergency warning triangle to indicate the position of your
vehicle to other road users.
9. Allow the engine to cool and check if a specialist is required.
When being towed with the hazard warning lights system on, a change in
direction or traffic lane can be indicated as usual using the turn signals lev-
er. The hazard lights will be interrupted temporarily.
Examples of when to use the hazard warning lights system:
● If the vehicles ahead suddenly slow down or reach the end of a traffic
jam, to warn the vehicles behind.
● In case of an emergency.
● If the vehicle breaks down.
● When tow-starting or towing.
Always comply with the applicable laws regarding the use of hazard warn-
ing lights.
If the hazard warning lights system is not working, you must use an alterna-
tive method of drawing attention to your vehicle. This method must comply
with traffic legislation.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass or fuel).
Note
The vehicle battery will discharge and run down if the hazard warning lights
remain on for too much time (even with the ignition turned off).
Note
For some vehicles, the brake lights will blink when braking suddenly at
speeds of approximately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn vehicles behind. If brak-
ing continues, then the hazard warning lights system will automatically be
turned on at the speed of less than approximately 10 km/h (6 mph). The
brake lights remain lit. Upon accelerating, the hazard warning lights system
will be automatically turned off.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
242 Practical information
First aid kit, warning triangle and fire extinguishers*
Fig. 131 In the luggage
compartment: storage
compartment for the
warning triangle
Warning triangle
In some vehicle equipment it is possible to store the warning triangle model
shown in a storage compartment of the luggage compartment ⇒ Fig. 131.
First-aid kit
The first aid kit must comply with legal requirements. Check the expiry date
of the contents of the first aid kit.
Fire extinguisher
A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder in the passenger seat footwell.
The fire extinguisher must conform to legal requirements, be ready for use
and be checked regularly. Check the certification seal on the extinguisher.
WARNING
Loose objects in the interior can be violently thrown in case of a sudden
manoeuvre or braking and especially in accidents causing serious injury.
● Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid kit, reflective vests and
warning triangle securely in the vehicle.
243Practical information
Emergency locking and unlocking
Introduction
The doors and rear lid can be locked manually and partially opened, for ex-
ample if the key or the central locking is damaged.
Additional information and warnings:
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
● Doors ⇒ page 38
● Rear lid ⇒ page 40
● In case of emergency ⇒ page 240
WARNING
Opening and closing doors carelessly can cause serious injury.
● If the vehicle is locked from outside, the doors and windows cannot
be opened from the inside.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety.
● Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and
closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in seri-
ous injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
WARNING
Getting in the way of the doors and the rear lid is dangerous and can lead
to serious injury.
● Open and close the doors and the rear lid only when there is nobody
in the way.
CAUTION
When opening and closing in an emergency, carefully disassemble compo-
nents and then reassemble them carefully to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Manually locking and unlocking the driver door
Fig. 132 Driver side door
handle with lock cylinder
In general, when the driver door is locked all other doors are locked. Unlock-
ing manually only opens the driver door.
● Unfold the key shaft if necessary
⇒
page 28.
● Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to unlock or lock the vehicle
⇒
Fig. 132.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
244 Practical information
Manually locking the passenger side door
Fig. 133 In the front of
the passenger side door:
Emergency lock, hidden
by a rubber cap
Fig. 134 Emergency
locking of the vehicle us-
ing the vehicle key
The passenger door can be manually locked.
● Door open.
● Remove the rubber cap to the front of the door. The rubber cap is
marked with a lock symbol ⇒ Fig. 133.
● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ⇒ page 28.
● Insert the key shaft horizontally into the opening and moved the colour
lever forwards ⇒ Fig. 134.
● Replace the rubber cap and close the door.
● Check if the door is locked.
● Have the vehicle checked by a Specialised workshop.
Note
The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by pull-
ing the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the inner door release lever
twice ⇒ page 33.
Emergency unlocking the rear lid
Fig. 135 From the lug-
gage compartment: Man-
ually unlocking the rear
lid
● If necessary, fold the rear seat bench backrest forwards ⇒ page 55.
● Remove equipment to access the inside of the rear lid.
245Practical information
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 28.
● Insert the key shaft into the rear lid opening ⇒ Fig. 135 and press the
release lever in the direction of the arrow to unlock the rear lid.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
246 Practical information
Vehicle tool kit*
Introduction
When securing the vehicle in case of a breakdown, please note the legal re-
quirements for each country.
Vehicle tool kit
For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel or temporary spare wheel, in
addition to winter wheels, the luggage compartment may contain additional
vehicle tools ⇒ page 246.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● In case of emergency ⇒ page 240
● Change wheel ⇒ page 250
● Tire Mobility Set ⇒ page 256
WARNING
When the vehicle tool kit, tire mobility set and spare wheel are loose in
the interior they can be violently thrown in case of a sudden manoeuvre
or braking and especially in accidents causing serious injury.
● Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tire mobility set and the spare
wheel or temporary spare wheel are safely secured in the luggage com-
partment.
WARNING
Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tool kit can cause injury or accidents.
● Never work with inappropriate or damaged tools.
Location
Fig. 136 In the luggage
compartment: The carpet
is raised
The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary spare wheel and the tire mobili-
ty set are stored in the luggage compartment under the carpeted floor panel
⇒ Fig. 136.
● If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor
⇒ page 100.
● Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow) ⇒ Fig. 136.
Note
After use, return the jack to its initial position using the handle in order to
securely store it in the vehicle.
247Practical information
Components
Fig. 137 Components of
the vehicle tool kit
The set of on-board tools depends on the vehicle equipment. The following
is a description for a vehicle with all options.
The individual elements of the vehicle tools ⇒ Fig. 137
Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the handle for screwing and un-
screwing the wheel bolts once loosened. The screwdriver bit is inter-
changeable. The screwdriver may be found underneath the wheel span-
ner.
Adapter for antitheft bolt. SEAT recommend you carry the wheel bolt
adapter in the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code number of the anti-
theft wheel bolt is stamped on the front of the adapter. In case it is lost,
another adapter can be ordered using this number. Note the antitheft
bolt code for the wheels and keep it in a place other than the vehicle.
Towing eye, removable.
Wire hook for pulling off the wheel trims, integral hubcaps and the
wheel bolt caps.
1
2
3
4
Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool kit, fold its hook. The crank
must then be folded tight against the side of the jack in order for it to
be safely stored.
Wheel spanner.
5
6
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
248 Practical information
Wheel trims
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 197
● Vehicle tools ⇒ page 246
● Change wheel ⇒ page 250
● Tire Mobility Set ⇒ page 256
WARNING
If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not fitted correctly, they could
cause major accidents or damage.
● Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come off while driving and en-
danger other road users.
● Damaged trims must never be mounted on the wheels.
● Always ensure that the brake ventilation and cooling is not cut off or
blocked. This is also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there is not
enough air, you may require significantly longer braking distances.
CAUTION
Remove and remount wheel trims taking care to avoid damage to the vehi-
cle.
Hubcaps
Fig. 138 Remove the
hubcap of the steel wheel
trim
In order to access the wheel bolts, first remove the hubcap.
Removing and fitting the hubcap
● To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire hook and attach it to the edge of
the wheel trim ⇒ Fig. 138.
● Remove the trim by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
● To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap against the trim until it clicks
into place.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing
the tyre.
249Practical information
Full hubcaps
Fig. 139 Removing the
full hubcap
Removing the full hubcap
● Take the wheel brace and the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit
⇒
page 246.
● Hook the wire through one of the grooves on the hubcap.
● Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook
⇒
Fig. 139 and pull the hub
cap in the direction shown by the arrow.
Fitting hubcaps
Press the hubcap against the wheel so that the space for the valve fits over
the tyre valve. Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fitted all the way
around the wheel. If you are using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the
opposite position to the valve.
Wheel bolt caps
Fig. 140 Removing the
wheel bolt caps
● Take the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit ⇒ page 246.
● Insert the wire hook in the cap through the opening ⇒ Fig. 140 and pull
outwards in the direction of the arrow.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing
the tyre.
The anti-theft wheel locking bolt has a special cap. This cap only fits on an-
ti-theft locking bolts and is not for use with standard wheel bolts.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
250 Practical information
Changing a wheel
Introduction
Some vehicle versions and models do not have a factory-fitted jack or box
spanner. In this case, we recommend consulting a Specialised workshop to
change the wheel.
You should only change the wheels yourself if the vehicle is parked in a safe
place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have all the necessary
tools! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 210
● In case of emergency ⇒ page 240
● Vehicle tools ⇒ page 246
● Wheel trims ⇒ page 248
WARNING
Changing a wheel can be dangerous, especially on the hard shoulder.
Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park your vehicle as safe
distance from surrounding traffic to change a wheel.
● When changing a wheel, keep all passengers and particularly chil-
dren a safe distance away from the work area.
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid. If necessary,
support the jack on a wide solid base.
WARNING (Continued)
● If you are changing a wheel yourself, you should be familiar with the
required procedure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
● Only use suitable tools that are not damaged when changing a wheel.
● Always stop the engine, apply the handbrake lever firmly and place
the selector lever in position P, or engage a gear for a manual gearbox to
reduce the risk of the vehicle moving accidentally.
● Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as
possible with a reliable torque wrench.
251Practical information
Preparations for changing a wheel
Check list
Before changing a wheel, complete the following operations in the order
given ⇒
:
1. In the event of a flat tyre, park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic
and on suitable ground.
2. Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 134.
3. Automatic gearbox: move the selector lever to position P
⇒ page 124.
4. Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition ⇒ page 119.
5. Manual gearbox: Select a gear ⇒ page 124.
6. Have all vehicle occupants get out of the vehicle and wait in a safe
place (for example, behind the safety barrier).
7. Chock the wheel opposite the wheel being changed with a stone or
similar object.
8. If the luggage compartment is full: take the baggage out of the vehi-
cle.
9. Remove the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel and the vehi-
cle tool kit from the luggage compartment.
10. Remove the wheel trims ⇒ page 248.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
Wheel bolts
Fig. 141 Changing the
wheel: Slacken the wheel
bolts
Fig. 142 Changing the
wheel: Tyre valve
1
and
position of anti-theft
wheel locking bolt
2
Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle to loosen the wheel bolts.
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with
the jack.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
252 Practical information
If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be able to loosen it by pushing down
on the end of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. Hold on to the vehicle
for support and take care not to slip.
Loosening wheel bolts
● Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over the wheel bolt ⇒ Fig. 141.
● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one
turn anticlockwise ⇒
.
Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts
For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft wheel lock must be threaded into
position ⇒ Fig. 142
2
before mounting the hubcap. Otherwise it will not be
possible to mount the full hubcap.
● Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts out of the vehicle tool kit.
● Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt ⇒ Fig. 142. Push it on as far as it
will go.
● Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far as possible.
● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one
turn anticlockwise ⇒
.
Important information about wheel bolts
The wheel rims and bolts have been designed to be fitted to factory op-
tions. If different rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts with the right length
and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are
fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly.
In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the same model vehicle should
not be used.
Wheel bolt tightening torque
The prescribed tightening torque for wheel bolts for steel and alloy wheels
is 110 Nm. Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon
as possible with a reliable torque wrench.
If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to tighten them, the threads should
be replaced and cleaned before checking the tightening torque.
Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although
they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose
while driving.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they could be released while
driving leading to loss of vehicle control and serious damage.
● Only use wheel bolts which correspond to the wheel rims in question.
● Never use different wheel bolts.
● The bolts and threads should be clean, free of oil and grease and easy
to thread.
● To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, always use the wheel brace
supplied with the vehicle.
● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle
with the jack.
● Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Al-
though they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could
come loose while driving.
● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims.
● If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the correct torque, they may
come loose while driving, and the bolts and rims may come out. If the
tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be dam-
aged.
253Practical information
Raising the vehicle with the jack
Fig. 143 Jack position
points
Fig. 144 jack mounted on the left rear part of the vehi-
cle
The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown (marks on chas-
sis) ⇒ Fig. 143. Always the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be
changed ⇒
.
Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
254 Practical information
Check list
For your own safety and that of other passengers, the following points
should be observed in the order given ⇒
:
1. Select a suitable flat and firm surface for raising the vehicle.
2. Switch off the engine, engage a gear (manual gearbox) or place the
selector lever in position P ⇒ page 124 and engage the handbrake
⇒ page 134.
3. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed with
collapsible wheel chocks or other suitable objects.
4. Loosen the wheel bolts on the wheel to be changed ⇒ page 251.
5. Look below the vehicle for the jacking point ⇒ Fig. 143 closest to the
tyre which has to be changed.
6. Raise the jack with the handle until it can be inserted below the jack-
ing point.
7. Ensure that the foot of the jack is firmly on the ground and that it is
placed, at a vertical angle, immediately below the lifting point on the
vehicle ⇒ Fig. 144.
8. Straighten the jack and continue raising it using the handle until the
claw holds the vertical reinforcement beneath the vehicle ⇒ Fig. 144.
9. Raise the vehicle until the wheel is clear of the ground.
WARNING
If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could fall off the jack causing seri-
ous injury. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of in-
jury:
● You should only use a jack approved by SEAT for your vehicle. Other
jacks, even those approved for other SEAT models, might slip out of
place.
WARNING (Continued)
● The ground should be firm and flat. If the ground is sloped or soft
then the vehicle could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary, support the
jack on a wide solid base.
● If the ground is slippery (for example, on tiles), place a non-slip sur-
face (for example a floor mat) beneath the jack to avoid slipping.
● Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking points. The claw of the jack
should grip the reinforcement nerve on the underbody ⇒ Fig. 144.
● You should never have any limbs beneath a raised vehicle which is
only supported by a jack.
● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable
stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!.
● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one side or the engine is run-
ning.
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised. The vehicle may
come loose from the jack due to the engine vibrations.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
255Practical information
Changing a wheel
Fig. 145 Changing the
wheel: loosen wheel
bolts with the socket at
the end of the wheel
brace
Removing the wheel
● Please observe the check list ⇒ page 251.
● Loosen the wheel bolts ⇒ page 251.
● Jacking up the vehicle ⇒ page 253.
● Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel brace ⇒ Fig. 145, unscrew the
slackened wheel bolts and place them on a clean surface.
● Take off the wheel.
How to use the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel
Check the direction of rotation of the tyre ⇒ page 218, Tyre code.
● Place the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel into position.
● Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slightly using the hexagonal socket
on the end of the wheel brace.
● To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts use the corresponding
adaptor.
● Lower the vehicle with the jack.
● Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise ⇒
. Tighten the bolts in diago-
nal pairs (not in a circle).
● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on ⇒ page 248.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or not tightened to the correct
torque then this could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a serious ac-
cident.
● All the wheel bolts and hub threads should be clean and free of oil
and grease. The wheel bolts should be easily tightened to the correct tor-
que.
● The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace should be used for turning
wheel bolts only. Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
After changing the wheel
● Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary and put them away in the luggage
compartment foam holder ⇒ page 246.
● Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare wheel or the changed wheel
securely in the luggage compartment.
● Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possi-
ble with a torque wrench ⇒ page 252.
● Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as possible.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
256 Practical information
Anti-puncture kit*
Introduction
The Tyre Mobility Set* will reliably seal punctures caused by the penetration
of a foreign body of up to about 4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign
objects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre, you must again check the tyre
pressure about 10 minutes after starting the engine.
You should only use the tire mobility set if the vehicle is parked in a safe
place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have the necessary tire
mobility set! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
The tyre sealant must not be used in the following cases:
● If the wheel rim has been damaged.
● In outside temperatures below -20 °C (-4 °F).
● In the event of cuts or perforations in the tyre greater than 4 mm.
● If you have been driving with very low pressure or a completely flat tyre.
● If the sealant bottle has passes its use by date.
Additional information and warnings:
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 134
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 210
● In case of emergency ⇒ page 240
● Wheel trims ⇒ page 248
WARNING
Using the tire mobility set can be dangerous, especially when filling the
tyre at the roadside. Please observe the following rules to minimise the
risk of injury:
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park your vehicle as safe
distance from surrounding traffic to fill the tyre.
● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid.
● All passengers and particularly children must keep a safe distance
from the work area.
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
● Use the tire mobility set only if you are familiar with the necessary
procedure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
● The tire mobility set is intended for temporary, emergency use only.
Use only until you can reach the nearest specialised workshop.
● Replace the repaired tyre with the tire mobility set as soon as possi-
ble.
● The sealant is a health hazard and must be cleaned immediately if it
comes into contact with the skin.
● Always keep the tire mobility set out of the reach of small children.
● Never use the approved jack, even if it has been approved for your ve-
hicle.
● Always stop the engine, apply the handbrake lever firmly and engage
gear if using a manual gearbox, in order to reduce the risk of vehicle in-
voluntary movement.
WARNING
A tyre filled with sealant does not have the same performance properties
as a conventional tyre.
● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
257Practical information
WARNING (Continued)
● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.
● Drive only during 10 minutes at a maximum speed of 80 km/h
(50 mph) and subsequently check the tyre.
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of used or expired sealant observing any legal requirements.
Note
A new bottle of sealant can be purchased at SEAT dealerships.
Note
Take into account the separate instruction manual of the tire mobility set
manufacturer*.
Components of the tire mobility set*
Fig. 146 Standard repre-
sentation: Contents of
the tire mobility set
The tire mobility set is located underneath the floor covering in the luggage
compartment. It includes the following components ⇒ Fig. 146:
Tyre valve remover
Sticker indicating maximum speed “max. 80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph”
Filler tube with cap
Air compressor
Tube for inflating tyres
Warning provided by tyre pressure monitoring system
1)
Air bleed screw
2)
ON/OFF switch
12 volt connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1)
A compressor may also be included.
2)
In its place, the compressor may have a button.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
258 Practical information
Bottle of sealant
1)
Spare tyre valve
The valve insert remover
1
has a gap at the lower end for a valve insert.
The valve insert can only be screwed or unscrewed in this way. This also ap-
plies to its replacement part
11
.
Preparation
Checklist
Before filling a tyre, complete the following operations in the order given
⇒
:
1. In the event of a puncture, park the vehicle as far as possible from
traffic and on flat, suitable ground.
2. Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 134.
3. Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition ⇒ page 119.
4. Manual gearbox: Select a gear ⇒ page 124.
5. Have all vehicle occupants get out of the vehicle and wait in a safe
place (for example, behind the safety barrier).
6. Switch on the hazard warning lights and set the warning triangle in
position ⇒ page 240. Observe legal requirements.
7. Check whether a repair is possible using the Tyre Mobility Set
⇒ page 256
8. If the luggage compartment is full: take the baggage out of the vehi-
cle.
9. Remove the tire mobility set from the luggage compartment.
10. Apply the sticker ⇒ Fig. 146
2
from the tire mobility set to the dash
panel where it can be seen clearly.
11. Do not remove foreign objects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
10
11
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
Sealing and inflating a tyre
Sealing a tyre
● Unscrew the tyre valve cap.
● Use the corresponding enclosed extractor ⇒ Fig. 146
1
to unscrew the
tyre valve insert. Place the valve insert on a clean surface.
● Vigorously shake the sealant bottle ⇒ Fig. 146
10
for several seconds.
● Screw the inflator tube ⇒ Fig. 146
3
securely into the sealant bottle in
a clockwise direction. The seal on the mouth of the bottle moves automati-
cally.
● Remove the lid from the filling tube ⇒ Fig. 146
3
and screw the open
end of the tube into the tyre valve.
● Hold the tyre sealant can upside down and fill the complete contents of
the can into the tyre.
● Remove the tyre sealant bottle from the valve.
● Screw the valve insert again with the corresponding enclosed extractor
⇒ Fig. 146
1
into the tyre valve.
Inflating the tyre
● Securely screw the tyre inflator tube ⇒ Fig. 146
5
of the compressor in-
to the tyre valve.
● Check whether the air bleed screw ⇒ Fig. 146
7
is closed.
1)
A compressor may also be included.
259Practical information
● Start the vehicle engine and leave it running.
● Attach the connector ⇒ Fig. 146
9
to a 12 volt socket of the vehicle
⇒ page 117.
● Connect the air compressor with the ON/OFF switch ⇒ Fig. 146
8
.
● Keep the air compressor running until it reaches 2.0 to 2.5 bar
(29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa) ⇒
. Maximum operation time 8 minutes ⇒ .
● Disconnect the air compressor.
● If it is not possible to achieve an air pressure of 2.0 to 2.5 bar
(29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa), unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve.
● Move the vehicle some 10 metres forwards or backwards so that the
sealant is evenly distributed in the tyre interior.
● Securely screw the compressor tyre inflator tube into the tyre valve and
repeat the inflation process.
● If the indicated pressure can still not be reached, the tyre is too badly
damaged. The tyre cannot be sealed with the anti-puncture kit. Do not con-
tinue driving. You should obtain professional assistance ⇒
.
● Disconnect the air compressor and unscrew the flexible inflator tube
from the tyre valve.
● When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and 2.0 bars, immediately con-
tinue driving without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
● After 10 minutes, Check the pressure again ⇒ page 259.
WARNING
When inflating the wheel, the air compressor and the inflator tube may
become hot.
● Protect hands and skin from hot parts.
● Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube or hot air compressor on
flammable material.
WARNING (Continued)
● Allow them to cool before storing the device.
● If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at least 2.0 bars (29 psi /
200 kPa), the tyre is too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a good con-
dition to seal the tyre. Do not continue driving. You should obtain profes-
sional assistance.
CAUTION
Switch off the air compressor after a maximum of 8 operational minutes to
avoid overheating! Before switching on the air compressor again, let it cool
for several minutes.
Check after 10 minutes of driving
Screw the inflator tube ⇒ Fig. 146
5
again and check the pressure on the
gauge
6
.
1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower:
● Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be sealed sufficiently with the tyre mo-
bility set.
● You should obtain professional assistance ⇒
.
1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher:
● Set the tyre pressure to the correct value again ⇒ page 210.
● Carefully resume your journey until you reach the nearest specialised
workshop without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
● Have the damaged tyre replaced.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
260 Practical information
WARNING
Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous and can cause accidents and
serious injury.
● Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure is 1.3 bar (19 psi /
130 kPa) and lower.
● You should obtain professional assistance.
261Practical information
Fuses
Introduction
Due to the constant update of vehicles, fuse assignments depending on
equipment and the use of the same fuse for various electrical components,
at the time of printing this manual it is not possible to provide an up-to-date
summary of the electrical components fuse positions. For detailed informa-
tion about the fuse positions, please consult a Technical Service.
In general, a fuse can be assigned to various electrical components. Like-
wise, an electrical component can be protected by several fuses.
Only replace fuses when the cause of the problem has been solved. +If a
newly inserted fuse blows after a short time, you must have the electrical
system checked by a Specialised workshop as soon as possible.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
WARNING
The high voltages in the electrical system can give serious electrical
shocks, causing burns and even death!
● Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
● Take care not to cause short circuits in the electrical system.
WARNING
Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or bridging a current circuit with-
out fuses can cause a fire and serious injury.
● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only replace fuses with a fuse of
the same amperage (same colour and markings) and size.
● Never repair a fuse.
● Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple or similar.
CAUTION
● To avoid damage to the vehicles electric system, before replacing a fuse
turn off the ignition, the lights and all electrical elements and remove the
keys from the ignition.
● If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to
another part of the electrical system.
● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity.
Dirt and humidity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to the electrical sys-
tem.
Note
One single consumer could have more than one fuse.
Note
Several consumers could run over one single fuse.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
262 Practical information
Vehicle fuses
Fig. 147 Below the driv-
er side dash panel: fuse
box cover
Fig. 148 In the engine
compartment: fuse box
cover
Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same amperage (same colour and
markings) and size.
Identifying fuses situated below the driver-side dash panel by colours
Colour Amp rating
Purple 3
Light brown 5
Brown 7,5
Red 10
Blue 15
Yellow 20
White or transparent 25
Green 30
Orange 40
Opening and closing the fuse box situated below the dash panel
● Opening: press the unlock button ⇒ Fig. 147
1
until it is possible to
open the cover.
● Fold the cover down.
● Closing: fold the cover up in the opposite direction to the arrow until it
clicks into the locking lever
1
.
Opening the engine compartment fuse box
● Open the bonnet ⇒ page 180.
● Press the attachment tabs in the direction indicated by the arrow (thin
arrows) to release the fuse box cover ⇒ Fig. 148.
● Then lift the cover out.
● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box. Push the attachment tabs
down, in the opposite direction indicated by the arrow until they click audi-
bly into place.
263Practical information
CAUTION
● Always carefully remove the fuse box covers and refit them correctly to
avoid problems with your vehicle.
● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity.
Dirt and humidity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to the electrical sys-
tem.
Note
In the vehicle, there are more fuses than those indicated in this chapter.
These should only be changed by a Specialised workshop.
Replacing a blown fuse
Fig. 149 Image of a
blown fuse
Preparation
● Switch off the ignition, lights and all electrical equipment.
● Open the corresponding fuse box ⇒ page 262.
Identifying a blown fuse
A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured ⇒ Fig. 149.
Point a lamp at the fuse. This will make it easier to see if the fuse is blown.
To replace a fuse
● Remove the fuse.
● Replace the blown fuse for one with an identical amperage rating (same
colour and markings) and identical size ⇒
.
● Replace the cover again or close the fuse box lid.
CAUTION
If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to an-
other part of the electrical system.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
264 Practical information
Changing bulbs
Introduction
Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of manual skill. If you are unsure,
SEAT recommends that you consult a Technical Service or request assis-
tance from a specialist. In general a specialist is needed if, in addition to
the bulbs, other vehicle components require removal.
You should store spare light bulbs in the vehicle for safety-relevant lights.
Spare bulbs may be obtained from the Official dealers and workshops. In
some countries, it is a legal requirement to carry spare bulbs in the vehicle.
Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the vehicle exterior lighting is
against the law.
Additional bulb specifications
The specifications of some headlamp bulbs and bulbs for the tail lamps fit-
ted at the factory may be different to those of conventional bulbs. Bulb in-
formation is displayed on the bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Lights and visibility ⇒ page 84
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● Vehicle tools ⇒ page 246
● Fuses ⇒ page 261
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other
drivers, there is a risk of accident.
WARNING
Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause serious accidents.
● Before carrying out any work in the engine compartment please read
and observe the warnings ⇒ page 180. In any vehicle, the engine com-
partment is a hazardous area and could cause severe injury.
● The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised and might explode on
changing them.
● Only replace the bulbs concerned when they have cooled.
● Never replace bulbs alone if you are not familiar with the operations
necessary. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a Specialised
workshop to carry out the necessary work.
● Never touch the bulb glass directly. Fingerprints will be evaporated by
the heat of the operating bulb thus “fogging” up the reflector.
● The headlamp frameworks in the engine compartment and the tail
lamps contain sharp elements. Always protect your hands when chang-
ing bulbs.
CAUTION
After changing a bulb, if the rubber covers are not replaced correctly on the
headlamp framework, the electrical installation may be damaged, especial-
ly if water is allowed to enter.
265Practical information
Information for replacing bulbs
Checklist
To replace a bulb, carry out the following operations always in the order giv-
en ⇒
:
1. Park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground.
2. Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 134.
3. Turn the light switch to position 0 ⇒ page 84.
4. Move the gear lever into the neutral position ⇒ page 84.
5. Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition ⇒ page 119.
6. Automatic gearbox: move the selector lever to position P
⇒ page 124.
7. Manual gearbox: Select a gear ⇒ page 124.
8. Allow the corresponding bulb to cool.
9. Visually inspect fuses to see if any are blown ⇒ page 261.
10. Replace the bulb according to the instructions ⇒
. Bulbs should
only be replaced by new identical models. Bulb information is dis-
played on the bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
11. In general, never touch the bulb glass directly. The heat of the bulb
would cause the fingerprint to evaporate and condense on the reflec-
tor. This will impair the brightness of the headlight.
12. Check if the new bulb is working. If the bulb is not working, it may
not have been correctly fitted, it could be damaged or the connector
may not be correctly connected.
13. Every time a bulb for the headlights is replaced, visit a specialised
workshop to check the headlights.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
CAUTION
Always remove and fit headlights carefully to avoid damage to the paint-
work and other vehicle parts.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
266 Practical information
Replacing the bulbs in the headlights
Fig. 150 In the engine compartment: Rear view of the
front left headlight with rubber cover:
A
dipped beam
and main beam headlights,
B
side lights and daytime
driving lights and
C
turn signal
There is no need to remove the headlight to replace bulbs.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
⇒ Fig. 150
A B C
Dipped beam and main beam headlights Side light and daytime driving light Turn signals (front)
1. Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary actions ⇒ page 265.
2. Open the bonnet ⇒ page 180.
3.
Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove
the rubber cover using the tabs.
Turn the bulb holder in an anticlockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along
with the bulb, pulling backwards.
Press the retaining clip
D
downwards in
the direction of the arrow, and unclip side-
ways and remove it.
4. Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, press the lock on the bulb holder.
5. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
267Practical information
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
⇒ Fig. 150
A B C
Dipped beam and main beam headlights Side light and daytime driving light Turn signals (front)
6.
Insert the bulb, return it to its position and
insert the retaining clip
D
.
Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and
turn it clockwise as far as the stop.
Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and
turn it clockwise as far as the stop.
7.
Place the rubber cover and check that is
correctly in position. Insert the connector
to the bulb H4.
Note
The images show the left hand headlight from behind. The structure of the
right hand side headlight is symmetric.
Replacing the front bumper bulbs
Fig. 151 In the front
right wheel arch: Remove
the retaining screws (ar-
rows) and take out the
expansive rivet
A
.
Fig. 152 Changing the
bulbs in the headlights
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
1.
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary ac-
tions ⇒ page 265.
2.
Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel arch trim ⇒ Fig. 151
(arrows) with the screwdriver from the vehicle took kit ⇒ page 246.
3.
Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front part of the wheel arch
trim
A
with the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit and complete-
ly remove it ⇒ page 246.
4. Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side.
5. Release the connector ⇒ Fig. 152
1
and remove it.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
268 Practical information
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
6.
Turn the bulb holder ⇒ Fig. 152 in the direction of the arrow, in an
anticlockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along with
the bulb, pulling backwards.
7. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
8.
Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it clockwise as far
as the stop.
9.
Plug the connector
1
into the bulb holder. The connector must au-
dibly click into place.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
10. Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.
11.
Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim and bumper and
press it completely inwards ⇒ Fig. 151
A
.
12.
Securely screw the 2 retaining screws ⇒ Fig. 151 (arrows) with a
screwdriver.
269Practical information
Changing the bulbs in the rear lights
Fig. 153 On the side of the luggage compartment: TO:
Remove the cover, B: Removing the tail light units
Fig. 154 Tail light unit: C: Remove the bulb holder, D:
Remove the bulbs
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
Removing the tail light units
1.
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary ac-
tions ⇒ page 265.
2. Open the rear lid ⇒ page 40.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
270 Practical information
3. Carefully remove the cover
1
towards the lever ⇒ Fig. 153 A.
4.
Pull the release
3
in the connector
2
in the direction of the arrow
⇒ Fig. 153 B. Use the screwdriver in the vehicle tool kit.
5. Press position
4
and remove the connector
2
⇒ Fig. 153 B.
6. Unscrew the wing nut
5
⇒ Fig. 153 B.
7.
Remove the tail light from the bodywork by carefully pulling back-
wards.
8. Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a flat, clean surface.
To change the bulb
9.
Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow) ⇒ Fig. 154 C and remove
the bulb holder from the tail light.
10. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb ⇒ Fig. 154 D.
11.
Place the lamp holder in the tail light unit. The attachment tabs (ar-
row) should audibly click into place ⇒ Fig. 154 C.
Assembling the tail light units
12. Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening in the bodywork.
13.
Support the tail light with one hand in the assembly position and
securely screw the wing nut with the other
5
⇒ Fig. 153 B.
14.
Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly fitted and is firmly
secured.
15.
Insert the connector
2
into the bulb holder and press the lock
3
on the connector in the opposite direction to the arrow ⇒ Fig. 153
B.
16. Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place.
17. Close the rear lid ⇒ page 40.
Changing the number plate light
Fig. 155 On the rear
bumper: Remove number
plate light
Fig. 156 Number plate
light: Remove the lamp
holder
271Practical information
Only carry out the operations in the sequence indicated:
1.
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary ac-
tions ⇒ page 265.
2.
With one hand, press on the number plate light from left to right
and remove it from the bumper ⇒ Fig. 155.
3. Detach the number plate light carefully from the bumper.
4.
Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anticlockwise and remove it in
the direction of the arrow ⇒ Fig. 156.
5. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
6.
Place the bulb holder in the number plate light and press in the op-
posite direction to the arrow as far as possible ⇒ Fig. 156.
7.
Insert the number plate light carefully into the left edge of the open-
ing on the bumper. During this process, check that the assembly di-
rection of the number plate light is correct, i.e. the spring must be
on the right.
8.
Insert the number plate light into the bumper until it audibly clicks
into place.
Changing the side turn signal bulb
Fig. 157 Removing the
side turn signal
Fig. 158 Side turn sig-
nal: Changing the bulbs
Only carry out the operations in the sequence indicated:
1.
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary ac-
tions ⇒ page 265.
2. With one hand move the side turn signal backwards ⇒ Fig. 157
1
.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
272 Practical information
Only carry out the operations in the sequence indicated:
3. Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by leverage
2
.
4.
Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the direction of the arrow
⇒ Fig. 158
1
.
5.
Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direction.
6. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
7. Install the lamp holder.
8.
Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the side situated to-
wards the rear of the vehicle until the spring clicks into the other
side of the side turn signal.
273Practical information
Starting assistance
Introduction
If the engine fails to start because of a discharged battery, the battery of an-
other vehicle can be used to start the engine. Before starting, check the
magic eye on the battery ⇒ page 193.
For starting assistance, jump lead cables conforming to the standard
DIN 72553 are required (see the cable manufacturer instructions). The cable
section in vehicles with petrol engine must be at least 25 mm
2
.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 180
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 193
WARNING
Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly jump starting could cause the
battery to explode resulting in serious injury. Please observe the follow-
ing rules to minimise the risk of a battery explosion:
● All work involving the vehicle battery and electrical system can cause
corrosion, fire and serious electric shocks. Always read and take into ac-
count the safety warnings and standards before beginning work on the
battery ⇒ page 193, Vehicle battery.
● The battery providing current must have the same voltage (12V) and
approximately the same capacity (see markings on battery) as the flat
battery.
● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can al-
so freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F).
● If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen then it must be replaced.
WARNING (Continued)
● A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is
being charged. Always keep lit cigarettes, open flames, sparks and fire
far from the battery. Never use a mobile telephone when connecting and
removing the jump leads.
● Charge the battery only in well ventilated areas given that when the
battery is charged by outside assistance, it creates a mix of highly explo-
sive gases.
● Jump leads should never enter into contact with moving parts in the
engine compartment.
● Never switch the positive and negative poles or connect the jump
leads incorrectly.
● Note the Instruction Manual provided by the manufacturer of the
jump leads.
CAUTION
To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle electrical system, note the fol-
lowing carefully:
● If the jump leads are incorrectly connected, this could result in a short
circuit.
● The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow
as soon as the positive terminals are connected.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
274 Practical information
How to jump start: description
Fig. 159 Diagram of con-
nections for vehicles
without Start-Stop sys-
tem
Fig. 160 Diagram of con-
nections for vehicles
with Start-Stop system
Jump lead terminal connections
1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles ⇒
.
2. For vehicles without Start-Stop system:
– Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive
+
termi-
nal of the vehicle with the flat battery
A
⇒ Fig. 159.
– Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive ter-
minal
+
in the vehicle providing assistance
B
.
– Connect one end of the black jump lead to the negative terminal
–
of the vehicle providing assistance
B
⇒ Fig. 159.
– Connect the other end of the black jump lead
X
to a solid met-
al component bolted to the engine block or to the engine block
itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. However, connect it to
a point as far as possible from the battery
A
.
3. For vehicles with Start-Stop system:
– Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive
+
termi-
nal of the vehicle with the flat battery
A
⇒ Fig. 160.
– Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive ter-
minal
+
in the vehicle providing assistance
B
.
– Connect one end of the black jump lead
X
to a suitable ground
terminal, a solid piece of metal in the engine block, or to the en-
gine block ⇒ Fig. 160.
– Connect the other end of the black jump lead
X
to a solid met-
al component bolted to the engine block or to the engine block
itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. However, connect it to
a point as far as possible from the battery
A
.
4. Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into
contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
275Practical information
Starting
5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the boosting battery and let
it run at idling speed.
6. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat battery and wait one
or two minutes until the engine is “running”.
Removing the jump leads
7. Before you remove the jump leads, switch off the headlights (if
they are switched on).
8. When the engine is running, disconnect the leads in reverse or-
der to the details given above.
Connect the battery clamps so they have good metal-to-metal contact with
the battery terminals.
If the engine fails to start, switch off the starter after about 10 seconds and
try again after about half a minute.
WARNING
● Please note the safety warnings referring to working in the engine
compartment ⇒ page 182.
● The battery providing assistance must have the same voltage as the
flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint on
battery). Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
● Never use jump leads when one of the batteries is frozen. Danger of
explosion! Even after the battery has thawed, battery acid could leak and
cause chemical burns. If a battery freezes, it should be replaced.
● Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes away from batteries, dan-
ger of explosion. Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
WARNING (Continued)
● Observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the jump
leads.
● Do not connect the negative cable from the other vehicle directly to
the negative terminal of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the battery
could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion.
● Do not attach the negative cable from the other vehicle to parts of the
fuel system or to the brake line.
● The non-insulated parts of the battery clamps must not be allowed to
touch. The jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not
touch metal parts of the vehicle, this can cause a short circuit.
● Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact
with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
● Do not bend over the batteries. This could result in chemical burns.
Note
The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as
soon as the positive terminals are connected.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
276 Practical information
Towing and tow starting
Introduction
When towing or tow starting, respect the legal requirements.
For technical reasons, it is not possible to tow a vehicle if the battery is flat.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system
⇒ page 236
WARNING
A vehicle with a flat battery should never be towed.
● Never remove the key from the ignition lock. Otherwise, the steering
wheel lock could suddenly lock. Then the vehicle will be uncontrollable.
You may lose control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.
WARNING
When towing the vehicle, the handling and braking efficiency change
considerably. Please observe the following instructions to minimise the
risk of serious accidents and injury:
● As the driver of the vehicle being towed:
– The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does
not operate. Always remain aware to avoid collision with the towing
vehicle.
– More strength is required at the steering wheel as the power steer-
ing does not operate when the engine is switched off.
● As the driver of the towing vehicle:
– Accelerate gently and carefully.
– Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
– Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.
CAUTION
● Carefully fit and remove the towing ring and its cover to avoid damage to
the vehicle (for example, paintwork).
● When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and cause dam-
age!
Note
Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear bumper is not possible. The vehicle is
not suitable for towing other vehicles.
277Practical information
Instructions for tow starting
In general, the vehicle should not be started by towing. Jump-starting is
much more preferable ⇒ page 273.
For technical reasons, the following vehicles can not be tow started:
● Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.
● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible that the engine control unit
does not operate correctly.
However, if your vehicle must absolutely be tow-started (manual gearbox):
● Engage the 2nd or 3rd gear.
● Keep the clutch pressed down.
● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warning lights.
● Release the clutch when both vehicles are moving.
● As soon as the engine starts, press the clutch and move the gear lever
into neutral. This helps to prevent a collision with the towing vehicle.
CAUTION
When tow-starting, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
Notes on towing
Tow rope or tow bar
When towing, the tow bar is the safest and vehicle friendly way. You should
only use a tow rope if you do not have a tow bar.
A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid damage to both vehicles. It is
advisable to use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or similarly elastic mate-
rial.
Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the tow ring or specially designed
fitting.
Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox
Note the following for a towed vehicle:
● Make sure the gear selector lever is in the N position.
● Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph) when towing a vehicle.
● Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles).
● If a breakdown truck is used, the vehicle must be towed with the front
wheels raised.
Situations in which the vehicle should not be towed
In the following cases, the vehicle should not be towed but transported on a
trailer or special vehicle:
● If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lubricant due to a fault.
● If the battery is flat as the steering cannot be unlocked, as a result, the
electronic steering lock and electronic parking brake cannot be disengaged.
● If the vehicle to be towed has an automatic gearbox and the distance to
be covered is greater than 50 km (30 miles).
Note
The vehicle can only be towed if the steering lock electronic gearbox lock is
deactivated. If the vehicle has no power supply or there is an electric system
fault, the engine must be started using jump leads to deactivate the steer-
ing column electronic gearbox lock.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
278 Practical information
Fitting the front tow ring
Fig. 161 On the right-
hand side of the front
bumper: Remove the cov-
er
Fig. 162 On the right-
hand side of the front
bumper: Screw in the
towing ring
The location for the removable tow ring is on the right-hand side of the front
bumper behind a cover
⇒
Fig. 161.
The towing eye should always be kept in the vehicle.
Note the instructions for towing ⇒ page 277.
To fit the tow ring
● Take the tow ring from the vehicle tool kit in the luggage compartment
⇒ page 246.
● Press the upper part of the cover ⇒ Fig. 161 (arrow) to disengage and
release the cover.
● Remove the cover and leave it hanging from the vehicle.
● Screw in the tow ring into its housing anticlockwise as far as it will go
⇒ Fig. 162 ⇒
. Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow ring in its loca-
tion.
● After towing, remove the tow ring by turning it clockwise.
● Place the cover upper tab on the opening of the bumper and carefully
hold the lower tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary, press the lower
tab from below.
● Press the lower area of the cover until the lower tab engages in the
bumper.
CAUTION
The tow ring must always be completely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it
could be released while towing and tow-starting.
Towing advice
Towing requires some experience, especially when using a tow rope. Both
drivers should be familiar with the technique required for towing. For this
reason, inexperienced drivers should abstain.
While driving, avoid excessive traction forces and jerking. When towing on
an unpaved road, there is always a risk of overloading and damaging the
anchorage points.
279Practical information
If the vehicle is towed, with the hazard warning lights on and the ignition
switched on, the turn signal may be used to indicate changes of direction.
Simply operate the turn signals lever as usual. Meanwhile, the hazard warn-
ing lights will go off. When the turn signal lever is returned to the rest posi-
tion, the hazard warning lights will be turned on automatically.
Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle
● Keep the ignition running to prevent the steering wheel from locking
and also to allow the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen wipers and
washers.
● As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not run-
ning, you will need more strength to steer than normally.
● The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does not
operate. Avoid hitting the towing vehicle.
● Note the instructions and information contained in the instruction man-
ual for the vehicle to be towed.
Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle
● Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sudden manoeuvres.
● Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.
● Note the instructions and information contained in the instruction man-
ual for the vehicle to be towed.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
280 Description of specifications
Technical Data
Description of specifications
Technical specifications
Introduction
The information in your vehicle's official documentation al-
ways take precedence over the information in the current in-
struction manual.
The Maintenance Programme vehicle data or the official vehicle documents
show which engine is installed in the vehicle.
All the technical data provided in this documentation is applicable to the
basic model. The figures indicated here may be different depending on the
additional equipment added to the vehicle or the vehicle version, in addi-
tion to special vehicles for other markets.
Additional information and warnings:
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Ecological driving ⇒ page 144
● Fuel ⇒ page 177
● Engine oil ⇒ page 185
● Engine coolant ⇒ page 189
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 210
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 233
WARNING
Failure to observe requirements for weight, loads, dimensions and maxi-
mum speed may lead to severe accident.
281Description of specifications
Vehicle identification data
Fig. 163 TO: Vehicle da-
ta label: in the example,
engine with code CBFA
3
. B: Identification plate
Fig. 164 Vehicle identifi-
cation number
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (chassis number) can be read from out-
side the vehicle through a viewer in the windscreen ⇒ Fig. 164. This viewer
is located in the lower part of the windscreen. The vehicle identification
number (chassis number) is also stamped on the right water drain channel.
The water drain channel is located between the suspension tower and the
wing. Open the bonnet to read the vehicle identification number .
Vehicle data plate
The vehicle data label ⇒ Fig. 163 is at the front of the spare wheel well. It
contains the following data:
Vehicle identification number (chassis number)
Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type
Engine and gearbox code, paint number, interior equipment. In the ex-
ample, the engine has the code “CBFA” ⇒ Fig. 163.
Optional extras, PR numbers
These data are also provided in the Maintenance Programme.
Specific vehicle weight information
The instructions in the official vehicle documents take precedence. All the
technical data provided in this documentation is applicable to the basic
model. The vehicle data label in the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle
documents show which engine is installed in your vehicle.
The figures may be different depending whether additional equipment is fit-
ted, for different models and for special vehicles.
Kerb weight values shown in the following table apple for a vehicle with
driver (75 kg), liquids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addition to tools and
a spare wheel ⇒
. The kerb weight indicated increases with optional
equipment and retrofitting of accessories, while proportionally reducing car-
rying capacity.
The load is equivalent to the following weights:
1
2
3
4
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
282 Description of specifications
● Passengers.
● Total equipment.
● Roof load, included in the carrier.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised weight and the load on the axles
could cause damage to the vehicle, accidents and serious injuries.
● The real load on the axles should never exceed the maximum permit-
ted.
● The load and its distribution in the vehicle have effects on the vehicle
handling and the braking ability. Always drive at a suitable speed.
CAUTION
Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as possible.
When transporting heavy objects in the luggage compartment, these
should be placed as far forward as possible or over the rear axle to have as
little influence on handling as possible.
Information on fuel consumption
The consumption and emission values indicated do not refer to one specific
vehicle. They are only to be used to compare the values of the different ve-
hicle versions. The fuel consumption and CO
2
emissions of a vehicle not on-
ly depend on the effective use of fuel. They also depend on your driving
style and other non-technical factors.
Calculation of fuel consumption
Fuel consumption and emission values are determined according to the cur-
rent version of the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regulation and are valid
for the vehicle kerb weight. The specifications do not refer to an individual
vehicle. To measure the fuel consumption, two measuring cycles are carried
out on a rolling road test bed. The test criteria are as follows:
Urban cycle
Measurement of the urban cycle starts with an engine cold
start. City driving is then simulated at between 0 and 50 km/
h (0 and 31 mph).
Road cycle
In the road cycle simulation, the vehicle undergoes frequent
acceleration and braking in all gears, as in normal everyday
driving. The road speed ranges from 0 to 120 km/h (0 and
75 mph).
Combined
The average combined consumption is calculated with a
weighting of around 37 % for the urban cycle and 63 % for
the road cycle.
CO
2
emis-
sions of the
combination
The exhaust gases are collected during both driving cycles
to calculate carbon dioxide emissions (urban and road). The
gas composition is then analysed to evaluate the CO
2
con-
tent and other emissions.
Note
The kerb weight may vary according to the vehicle equipment. This could
raise consumption and the CO
2
emissions slightly.
Note
In practice, consumption values could be different to the values calculated
based on the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regulations.
283Description of specifications
Engine specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 44 (60)/ 5000-6000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 95/ 3000-4300
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm
3
3/ 999
Fuel 95 super RON
a)
a)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h (mph) 160
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (0-50 mph) in sec. 9,1
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (0-60 mph) in sec. 14,4
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle 5,6/130
Extra-urban cycle 3,9/91
Combined 4,5/105
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 929
Gross front axle weight in kg 551
Gross rear axle weight in kg 378
Permitted roof load in kg 50
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
284 Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS) Ecomotive
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 44 (60)/5000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 92/3000
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm
3
3/999
Fuel 95 super RON
a)
a)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h (mph) 161
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (0-50 mph) in sec. 9,1
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (0-60 mph) in sec. 14,4
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle 5 / 116
Extra-urban cycle 3,6 / 84
Combined 4,1 / 96
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 940
Gross front axle weight in kg 561
Gross rear axle weight in kg 379
Permitted roof load in kg 50
285Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS) Automatic
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 44 (60)/ 5500
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 92/ 3000-4300
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm
3
3/ 999
Fuel Super 95 RON
a)
a)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h (mph) 160
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (0-50 mph) in sec. 9,4
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (0-60 mph) in sec. 15,3
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle 5,3/123
Extra-urban cycle 3,9/91
Combined 4,4/103
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 932
Gross front axle weight in kg 554
Gross rear axle weight in kg 378
Permitted roof load in kg 50
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
286 Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 55 (75)/ 6200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 95/ 3000-4300
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm
3
3/ 999
Fuel 95 super RON
a)
a)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h (mph) 171
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (0-50 mph) in sec. 8,3
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (0-60 mph) in sec. 13,2
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle 5,9/137
Extra-urban cycle 4/93
Combined 4,7/108
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 929
Gross front axle weight in kg 551
Gross rear axle weight in kg 378
Permitted roof load in kg 50
287Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS) Start-Stop
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 55 (75)/6200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 95/3000-4300
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm
3
3/999
Fuel 95 super RON
a)
a)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h (mph) 172
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (0-50 mph) in sec. 8,3
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (0-60 mph) in sec. 13,2
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle 5,1 / 118
Extra-urban cycle 3,7 / 86
Combined 4,2 / 98
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 940
Gross front axle weight in kg 561
Gross rear axle weight in kg 379
Permitted roof load in kg 50
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
288 Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS) Automatic
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 55 (75)/ 6200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 95/ 3000-4300
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm
3
3/ 999
Fuel Super 95 RON
a)
a)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h (mph) 171
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (0-50 mph) in sec. 9
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (0-60 mph) in sec. 13,9
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle 5,5/127
Extra-urban cycle 4/94
Combined 4,5/105
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 932
Gross front axle weight in kg 554
Gross rear axle weight in kg 378
Permitted roof load in kg 50
289Description of specifications
Petrol / gas engine 1.0 50 kW (68 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 50 (68)/ 6200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 90/ 3000
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm
3
3/ 999
Fuel CNG / Super 95 RON
a)
a)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h (mph) 164
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (0-50 mph) in sec. 9,8
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (0-60 mph) in sec. 15,8
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO
2
emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle -
Extra-urban cycle -
Combined 2,9/79
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1370
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 1031
Gross front axle weight in kg 570
Gross rear axle weight in kg 461
Permitted roof load in kg 50
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte-
nance
If and when Technical Data
290 Description of specifications
Dimensions
Longitude 3557 mm
Width 1641 - 1645 mm
Height, unladen 1478 - 1489 mm
Wheelbase 2420 mm
Turning circle diameter
a)
approx. 9.8 m
Front track width
a)
1412 - 1428 mm
Rear track width
a)
1408 - 1424 mm
Ground clearance with maximum au-
thorised load
109 mm
a)
Depending on the dimensions of the wheel trims and tyres, there may be variations.
CAUTION
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as
you drive over these objects.
Capacities
Fuel tank capacity
Petrol engines
Around 35.0 l,
of which approximately 4.0 are the reserve.
Index
A
Abroad
Extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . 234
Sale of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
ABS
See "Braking assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . 140
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 223
Additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Adjust
Headlight range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Adjustment
Correct sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Cleaning dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Deactivating the front passenger airbag . . 73
Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . 73
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Differences between front passenger airbag
systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Locking the vehicle after airbag deploy-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Use of child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Air conditioner
Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
User instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
How it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
temporarily switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Aluminium care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Anti-theft locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Anti-theft wheel locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Antitheft bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
ASR
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Assistance systems
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . 140
electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . 139
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 150
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 150
Safety Assist (City Safety Assist function) 155
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . 140
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Assist systems
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 140
Audible warnings
Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Seat belt not fastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Automatic consumer disconnection . . . . . . . . 196
automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Ignition key lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Kickdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
291Index
malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
B
BAS
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Battery
Change in the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
See Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Before consulting a specialised workshop . . . 238
Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Bonnet
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Bottle capacity
Windscreen washer water bottle . . . . . . . . . 94
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Brakes
Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Emergency brake indicator in case of sud-
den braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Running-in brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 139
Brake system
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Brake systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Breakdown
Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Bulb fault
See changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
C
Capacities
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Care
See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Care of your vehicle
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Caring for paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
central locking
Deadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Central locking button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34
locking and unlocking from the inside . . . . 36
Central locking system
After airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 13
Bottom part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Top part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Changing
Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Initial operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
in the headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Sea changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
292 Index
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Engaging gears (automatic gearbox) . . . . 129
Engaging gears (manual gearbox) . . . . . . 128
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Warning and control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
with Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Changing gears
Gear recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Changing the bulbs
Side turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Changing the wheel
After changing the wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Checking
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Checklist
Before working in the engine compart-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
In case of an emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Check list
Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Preparations for changing a wheel . . . . . . 251
Raising the vehicle with the jack . . . . . . . . 254
Checklist
Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Check list
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Checklist
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Tire Mobility Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . 77
Check list
Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Child safety seat
Securing with seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Child seat
ISOFIX child seat on rear seats . . . . . . . . . . 80
Mounting child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Mounting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
On rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
On the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Securing using a Top Tether retaining strap 83
Securing using ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Securing using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . 77
Weight categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Disabling the front passenger airbag . . . . . 73
Chromework care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Special driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Cleaning
dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Close
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . 44
Closing
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Collection of end-of-life vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Compartments
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111
Other storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . 112
Passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111
Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . 110
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Conformity certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Consumer disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Consumption
How it is determined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
control lamp
on the driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
293Index
Control lamp
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Engine oil sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Controlling function
Electric exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Convenience functions
Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Coolant
See engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Crossing a river
Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Cruise control system (CCS)
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
D
Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Dangers of not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . 60
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 208
Data link connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Data registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Data storage during the journey . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Data stored by the control units . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
De-icing the locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Deadlock
Deadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SAFELOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Deadlock (immobilizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Detail
passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Diagnostics connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Differential lock
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Disposal
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
End-of-life vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Door handle
exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Door release lever
interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Childproof locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . 243
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Drinks bottles
see Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Driver door
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Driver position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Driving
Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Driving with an automatic gearbox . . . . . . 131
Ecological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Economic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Fuel level to low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 25
starting on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
stopping on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
294 Index
Driving abroad
Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Driving advice
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Driving in winter
Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Windscreen washer bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Driving tips
Driving a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
E
Ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Economic driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
EDL
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Electrical components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 241
Electrical consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Electrical power socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Electric windows
Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
see Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . . . . 140
Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . 139
Emergency brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . 243
Driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Emission control system
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Engaging gears
Automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Engine
Noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Engine and ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
12 Volt sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Filler mouth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
G 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Refilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Filler mouth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
see Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . 139
Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Controlling function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Exterior views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
F
FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Fault
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 150
295Index
Fault finding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Fault memory
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
First-aid kit
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
see First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Frequently asked questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Front airbags
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Front passenger airbag
Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . 73
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Fuel consumption
Economic driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
¿Why does it increase? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Fuel tank flap
close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Identifying blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Identifying by colours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Preparation before replacing . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
G
Glove compartment
see Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111
H
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Hazard warning lights system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Headlamp range adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Headlights
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Headlight washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Heating and ventilation system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
see also Air conditioning system . . . . . . . 164
High pressure cleaning apparatus . . . . . . . . . 199
Hill-start aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
I
Identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Ignition
See "Engine and ignition" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Ignition key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Safety interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Operating fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
In case of a breakdown
Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
In case of an emergency
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Hazard warning lights system . . . . . . . . . . 240
In case of a breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Protecting yourself and securing the vehi-
cle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Indicator
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . 185
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
296 Index
Initial operations
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
InSP Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Display control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
In the event of an emergency
Fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
see Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
J
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
K
Kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Key switch
Deactivating the front passenger airbag . . 73
Kickdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
L
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Laser sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
see Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Controls lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Instruments lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Parking light remains on both sides . . . . . . 87
Reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
turning on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Load
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
General tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . 100
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Locking
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Luggage compartment
Rear shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
M
Main beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Main panel
Turn signal and main beam lever . . . . . . . . 85
Malfunction
automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
see also Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Manufacturer identification plate . . . . . . . . . . 281
mechanical locking
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34
locking and unlocking from the inside . . . . 36
297Index
Mirrors
Convenience functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Mobile telephone
Using without an exterior aerial . . . . . . . . 227
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 233
Modifications to the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
N
Natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
New engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
New tyres and wheels
About your tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Noises
Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
O
Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Off road driving
Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 25
Oil
See engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Onboard diagnostic system (ODB) . . . . . . . . . 227
Open
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . 44
Opening
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
The rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operating fault
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Operating faults
Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 234
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Outside temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Overview
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
The driver's side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
P
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 136
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 149
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 150
Using high pressure cleaning apparatus . 199
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Parking light remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
ParkPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 127
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Pollution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Portable Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Preparation
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . 191
Tire Mobility Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Work in the engine compartment . . . . . . . 182
Preparations
before each journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
298 Index
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . 186
Topping up the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . 186
Principles of physics regarding a frontal colli-
sion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . 203
Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
R
Radio reception
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 234
Raising the vehicle
Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Raising vehicle
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
With a lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Reading the
Fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Rear backrest
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Lifting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Rear head restraints
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . 244
see rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
See "Rear lid" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Rear vision mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
At the filling station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Mistakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Remote control key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Removing snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Removing wax deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 224
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Replacement of parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 223
Reprogramming control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Retro-fitting
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Running-in
Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
First trips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Running-in brake pads
Also see "Brakes" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Running in
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
S
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Safety Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Sale of vehicle
In other countries / continents . . . . . . . . . 234
Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Scrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Seat belt protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
299Index
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Seat belt status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Twisted belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat belt warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Adjusting the steering wheel position . . . . 53
Adjust the rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . 52
Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fitting the rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . 53
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Rear backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Removing and fitting rear head restraints . 53
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Set
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Side airbags
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Sitting position
Incorrect position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . 44
Anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Small window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Socket
12 Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Spare fuel canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Spare key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Special features
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
High pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . 199
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 137, 290
Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Removing the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Special notes
Long parking times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 277
Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Starting using an external battery
See starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Tendency to pull to one side . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Steering wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Storage compartment
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Sudden braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . 110
Sun visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Symbols
see warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Systems
ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 140
ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
300 Index
EDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . 140
electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . 139
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 150
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 150
Safety Assist (City Safety Assist function) 155
TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . 140
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
T
Tank flap
close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Natural gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
TC
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Technical data
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Bottle capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Engine oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Manufacturer identification plate . . . . . . . 281
Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Technical information
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Temperature display
Liquid coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
The rear lid
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Things to note
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery . . . . . . 21
parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 150
Water underneath the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 168
Tightening torque
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
TIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Before starting out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
tire mobility set
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Tire Mobility Set
Check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Do not use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Inflating a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Sealing a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Tools
see Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 276
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Front tow ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Special notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 277
Tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Tow rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Trailer coupling
Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 77
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Transporting objects
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 105
301Index
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Trip meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Turn signal convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Tyre pressure
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Tyre repair kit
see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . 220
U
Unlocking
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Fabric trim cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Padding cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
V
Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Vehicle
Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34
locking or unlocking from the inside . . . . . 36
Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Securing in case of a breakdown . . . . . . . 240
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Explanation of symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Vehicle care
Aerial built into the window . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Airbag modules (dash panel) . . . . . . . . . . 208
Aluminium wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Changing windscreen wiper blades . . . . . 201
Chrome wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Cleaning compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Cleaning seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Cleaning wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . 201
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . 203
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Fabric trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
High pressure cleaning apparatus . . . . . . 199
Padding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . 203
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198, 199
Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Vehicle paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Washing by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . 93
Wooden trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Vehicle code
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Vehicle diagram
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Vehicle identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Vehicle key
assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Vehicle mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
302 Index
Vehicle's battery
Automatic consumer disconnection . . . . . 196
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Checking the electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . 194
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Running flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Vibrations
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
W
Warning and control lamps
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Warning lamp
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Warning lamps
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
with high pressure cleaning apparatus . . 199
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 251
Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Wheel load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Beadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
See "Wheels and tyres" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Avoiding damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Errors in wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Foreign bodies in the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Interchanging tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Replacing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Run-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 220
storing the replaced wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Storing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Tyre code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Tyre identification number (TIN) . . . . . . . . 219
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Tyres with directional tread pattern . 211, 220
Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Wheel balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Bolted trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Full hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Wheel bolts caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Windscreen
Heat-insulating glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen washer water
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen wiper lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen wipers
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . 92
Lifting the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . . . . 93
Windscreen with metal coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
303Index
Windscreen with reflective infrared coating . . . 90
Other Characters
¿What happens if...? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
304 Index
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under-
stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason
no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
❀
This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.07.12
1SL012003T
Inglés 1SL012003T (07.12)
Mii
Owner’s manual
Mii Inglés (07.12)
